[go: up one dir, main page]

CN111378129A - Polyamide-imide resin, polyamide-imide resin varnish, optical film, and flexible display device - Google Patents

Polyamide-imide resin, polyamide-imide resin varnish, optical film, and flexible display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN111378129A
CN111378129A CN201911348270.0A CN201911348270A CN111378129A CN 111378129 A CN111378129 A CN 111378129A CN 201911348270 A CN201911348270 A CN 201911348270A CN 111378129 A CN111378129 A CN 111378129A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
formula
structural unit
group
carbon atoms
represented
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CN201911348270.0A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
增井建太朗
宫本皓史
金成民
池内淳一
杉山纮子
片宝蓝
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2019213442A external-priority patent/JP2021084941A/en
Priority claimed from JP2019218259A external-priority patent/JP2020109154A/en
Priority claimed from JP2019218184A external-priority patent/JP2020125454A/en
Priority claimed from JP2019218189A external-priority patent/JP7365211B2/en
Application filed by Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd filed Critical Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd
Publication of CN111378129A publication Critical patent/CN111378129A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/14Polyamide-imides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D179/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
    • C09D179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C09D179/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/04Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • G09F9/301Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements flexible foldable or roll-able electronic displays, e.g. thin LCD, OLED
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2379/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08J2361/00 - C08J2377/00
    • C08J2379/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08J2379/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a polyamideimide resin, a polyamideimide resin varnish, an optical film, and a flexible display device, which can produce an optical film having a high elastic modulus while maintaining a high total light transmittance, and which is excellent in stability in the varnish state. The polyamideimide resin has at least a structural unit represented by formula (a) derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound, a structural unit represented by formula (b) derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, and a structural unit represented by formula (c) derived from a diamine compound, contains a structural unit (a1) represented by formula (1) wherein Y in formula (a) is a structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound, and has a weight average molecular weight of 330,000 or more. Y represents a tetravalent organic group, Z and X represent divalent organic groups, RcRepresents a hydrogen atom or a chemical bond, RaRepresents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, RaThe hydrogen atom contained in the compound may be substituted by a halogen atom, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2; denotes a bond.

Description

聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂、聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆、光学膜及柔 性显示装置Polyamide-imide-based resin, polyamide-imide-based resin varnish, optical film and flexible Sexual display device

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂、包含该树脂的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆及光学膜、以及具备该光学膜的柔性显示装置。The present invention relates to a polyamide-imide-based resin, a polyamide-imide-based resin varnish and an optical film including the resin, and a flexible display device including the optical film.

背景技术Background technique

现在,液晶显示装置、有机EL显示装置等显示装置不仅被应用于电视机,而且已被广泛地灵活应用于移动电话、智能手表之类的各种用途中。以往,作为这样的显示装置的前面板,使用了玻璃。然而,玻璃虽然透明度高,根据种类不同而能呈现高硬度,但另一方面,非常刚直,容易破裂,因此,作为柔性显示装置的前面板材料的利用是困难的。Currently, display devices such as liquid crystal display devices and organic EL display devices are widely used not only in televisions but also in various applications such as mobile phones and smart watches. Conventionally, glass has been used as a front panel of such a display device. However, although glass is highly transparent and exhibits high hardness depending on the type, on the other hand, it is very rigid and easily broken, and therefore it is difficult to use it as a material for a front panel of a flexible display device.

因此,作为代替玻璃的材料,对高分子材料的灵活利用进行了研究。由高分子材料形成的前面板由于容易呈现柔性特性,因而可期待用于各种用途。作为具有柔软性的高分子材料之一,例如对使用了聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的光学膜进行了研究(专利文献1及2)。Therefore, the utilization of polymer materials has been studied as a material to replace glass. A front panel formed of a polymer material is expected to be used in various applications because it easily exhibits flexibility. As one of the polymer materials having flexibility, for example, an optical film using a polyamideimide-based resin has been studied (Patent Documents 1 and 2).

现有技术文献prior art literature

专利文献Patent Literature

专利文献1:日本特表2015-521686号公报Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-521686

专利文献2:日本特开2018-119132号公报Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-119132

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

发明所要解决的课题The problem to be solved by the invention

虽然对使用了聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的光学膜进行了研究,但对于光学膜的光学特性及弹性模量的进一步提高的要求仍然存在。此外,在制造包含聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的光学膜时,进行了涂布将该树脂或该树脂的前体溶解于溶剂中而成的清漆的工序,根据构成聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的单体的种类,有时清漆的稳定性不充分,有时在清漆中产生凝胶,制膜性及光学膜的光学特性下降。Although an optical film using a polyamideimide-based resin has been studied, there are still demands for further improvement of the optical properties and elastic modulus of the optical film. In addition, when producing an optical film containing a polyamide-imide-based resin, a step of applying a varnish obtained by dissolving the resin or a precursor of the resin in a solvent is performed. According to the structure of the polyamide-imide-based resin Depending on the type of monomer, the stability of the varnish may be insufficient, gel may be generated in the varnish, and the film formability and optical properties of the optical film may be deteriorated.

因此,本发明的课题在于提供能够制造在维持高全光线透过率的同时还具有高弹性模量的光学膜、且在清漆状态下的稳定性优异的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂。Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a polyamide-imide-based resin that can produce an optical film having a high elastic modulus while maintaining a high total light transmittance and has excellent stability in a varnish state.

用于解决课题的手段means of solving problems

本申请的发明人为了解决上述课题而进行了深入研究,结果发现,至少具有特定的结构单元、且具有特定范围的重均分子量的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂容易在维持得到的光学膜的全光线透过率的同时提高弹性模量,并且,在清漆状态下的稳定性优异,从而完成了本发明。The inventors of the present application have conducted intensive studies in order to solve the above-mentioned problems, and as a result found that a polyamide-imide-based resin having at least a specific structural unit and having a weight average molecular weight in a specific range can easily maintain the overall performance of the obtained optical film. The present invention has been completed by improving the elastic modulus while improving the light transmittance, and having excellent stability in a varnish state.

即,本发明包含以下的优选方式。That is, the present invention includes the following preferred embodiments.

〔1〕聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂,其是至少具有来自四羧酸化合物的式(a)表示的结构单元、来自二羧酸化合物的式(b)表示的结构单元、及来自二胺化合物的式(c)表示的结构单元的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂,其中,包含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)作为该来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元,该聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的按照聚苯乙烯换算的重均分子量为330,000以上。[1] A polyamideimide-based resin having at least a structural unit represented by the formula (a) derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound, a structural unit represented by the formula (b) derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, and a diamine compound derived The polyamideimide-based resin of the structural unit represented by the formula (c), wherein Y in the formula (a) is represented by the structural unit (a1) represented by the formula (1) as the structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound , and the polyamide-imide-based resin has a weight average molecular weight of 330,000 or more in terms of polystyrene.

Figure BDA0002333991740000021
Figure BDA0002333991740000021

[式(a)中,Y表示四价有机基团,[In formula (a), Y represents a tetravalent organic group,

式(b)中,Z表示二价有机基团,In formula (b), Z represents a divalent organic group,

式(c)中,X表示二价有机基团,In formula (c), X represents a divalent organic group,

Rc相互独立地表示氢原子或化学键,R c independently of each other represents a hydrogen atom or a chemical bond,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

Figure BDA0002333991740000031
Figure BDA0002333991740000031

[式(1)中,Ra相互独立地表示氢原子、碳原子数为1~12的烷基、碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基或碳原子数为6~12的芳基,[In formula (1), R a independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms,

Ra中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,The hydrogen atoms contained in R a can be replaced by halogen atoms independently of each other,

n表示0~2的整数,n represents an integer from 0 to 2,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

〔2〕如前述〔1〕所述的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂,其中,包含式(2)表示的结构单元(b1)作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元,并且,包含式(3)表示的结构单元(c1)作为来自二胺化合物的结构单元。[2] The polyamideimide-based resin according to the aforementioned [1], which contains the structural unit (b1) represented by the formula (2) as a structural unit derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, and which contains the formula (3) The structural unit (c1) represented is a structural unit derived from a diamine compound.

Figure BDA0002333991740000032
Figure BDA0002333991740000032

[式(2)中,Z1表示可以具有取代基的二价芳香族基团,[In formula (2), Z 1 represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

Figure BDA0002333991740000033
Figure BDA0002333991740000033

[式(3)中,X1表示可以具有取代基的二价芳香族基团,[In formula (3), X 1 represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent,

Rc相互独立地表示氢原子或化学键,R c independently of each other represents a hydrogen atom or a chemical bond,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

〔3〕如前述〔2〕所述的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂,其中,式(3)中的X1由式(4)表示。[3] The polyamideimide-based resin according to the above [2], wherein X 1 in the formula (3) is represented by the formula (4).

Figure BDA0002333991740000041
Figure BDA0002333991740000041

[式(4)中,Rb相互独立地表示碳原子数为1~6的烷基、碳原子数为6~12的芳基、或碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基,[In formula (4), R b independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms,

Rb中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,The hydrogen atoms contained in R b independently of each other may be replaced by halogen atoms,

r相互独立地表示1~4的整数,r independently represents an integer from 1 to 4,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

〔4〕如前述〔1〕~〔3〕中任一项所述的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂,其中,包含式(b)中的Z由式(5)表示的结构单元(b2)作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元,以及/或者,包含式(c)中的X由式(5)表示的结构单元(c2)作为来自二胺化合物的结构单元,以及/或者,还包含式(a)中的Y由式(6)表示的结构单元(a2)作为来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元。[4] The polyamideimide-based resin according to any one of the above [1] to [3], which contains a structural unit (b2) in which Z in the formula (b) is represented by the formula (5) as a A structural unit derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, and/or, a structural unit (c2) in which X in the formula (c) is represented by the formula (5) is included as a structural unit derived from a diamine compound, and/or, and the formula ( Y in a) is a structural unit (a2) represented by formula (6) as a structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound.

Figure BDA0002333991740000042
Figure BDA0002333991740000042

[式(5)中,Ar1相互独立地表示可以具有取代基的二价芳香族基团,[In formula (5), Ar 1 independently represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent,

V表示-O-、二苯基亚甲基、碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的二价烃基、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-或-N(R12)-,此处,该烃基中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,V represents -O-, diphenylmethylene, linear, branched or alicyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 12 )-, where the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group may be independently substituted by halogen atoms,

R12表示氢原子、或可以被卤素原子取代的碳原子数为1~12的烷基,R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom,

m表示1~3的整数,其中,m为2或3时,存在有多个的V相互可以相同也可以不同,m represents an integer of 1 to 3, wherein, when m is 2 or 3, there are a plurality of V which may be the same or different from each other,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

Figure BDA0002333991740000051
Figure BDA0002333991740000051

[式(6)中,Ar2相互独立地表示可以具有取代基的三价芳香族基团,[In formula (6), Ar 2 independently represents a trivalent aromatic group which may have a substituent,

s表示0~2的整数,s represents an integer from 0 to 2,

Ar1、V及*如针对式(5)中的Ar1、V及*定义的那样,其中,s为2时,存在有多个的V及Ar1分别相互可以相同也可以不同]Ar 1 , V and * are as defined for Ar 1 , V and * in formula (5), where, when s is 2, there are a plurality of V and Ar 1 which may be the same or different from each other]

〔5〕如前述〔4〕所述的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂,其中,式(5)及式(6)由式(7)表示。[5] The polyamideimide-based resin according to the above [4], wherein the formula (5) and the formula (6) are represented by the formula (7).

Figure BDA0002333991740000052
Figure BDA0002333991740000052

[式(7)中,R1相互独立地表示氢原子、碳原子数为1~12的烷基、碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基或碳原子数为6~12的芳基,R1中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,[In formula (7), R 1 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, The hydrogen atoms contained in R 1 independently of each other may be substituted by halogen atoms,

R*表示R1或化学键,R * means R1 or chemical bond,

*表示化学键,* denotes chemical bond,

V表示-O-、二苯基亚甲基、碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的二价烃基、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-或-N(R12)-,此处,该烃基中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,R12表示氢原子、或可以被卤素原子取代的碳原子数为1~12的烷基〕V represents -O-, diphenylmethylene, linear, branched or alicyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 12 )-, where the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group may be independently substituted by a halogen atom, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom ]

〔6〕如前述〔5〕所述的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂,其中,式(7)由式(7’)或式(7”)表示。[6] The polyamideimide-based resin according to the above [5], wherein the formula (7) is represented by the formula (7') or the formula (7").

Figure BDA0002333991740000061
Figure BDA0002333991740000061

[式(7’)中,R*表示氢原子或化学键,*表示化学键][In formula (7'), R * represents a hydrogen atom or a chemical bond, and * represents a chemical bond]

Figure BDA0002333991740000062
Figure BDA0002333991740000062

[式(7”)中,*表示化学键][In formula (7"), * represents a chemical bond]

〔7〕如前述〔1〕~〔6〕中任一项所述的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂,其中,式(1)由式(1’)表示。[7] The polyamideimide-based resin according to any one of the above [1] to [6], wherein the formula (1) is represented by the formula (1').

Figure BDA0002333991740000063
Figure BDA0002333991740000063

[*表示化学键][* indicates chemical bond]

〔8〕聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆,其包含前述〔1〕~〔7〕中任一项所述的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂及溶剂。[8] A polyamideimide-based resin varnish comprising the polyamideimide-based resin according to any one of the above [1] to [7] and a solvent.

〔9〕光学膜,其包含前述〔1〕~〔7〕中任一项所述的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂。[9] An optical film comprising the polyamideimide-based resin according to any one of the above [1] to [7].

〔10〕柔性显示装置,其具备前述〔9〕所述的光学膜。[10] A flexible display device including the optical film according to [9] above.

〔11〕如前述〔10〕所述的柔性显示装置,其还具备触摸传感器。[11] The flexible display device according to the above [10], further comprising a touch sensor.

〔12〕如前述〔10〕或〔11〕所述的柔性显示装置,其还具备偏光板。[12] The flexible display device according to the above [10] or [11], further comprising a polarizing plate.

发明的效果effect of invention

通过本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂,可提供在维持高全光线透过率的同时还具有高弹性模量的光学膜。另外,本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂在清漆状态下的稳定性良好。The polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention can provide an optical film having a high elastic modulus while maintaining a high total light transmittance. In addition, the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention has good stability in a varnish state.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

以下,详细说明本发明的实施方式。需要说明的是,本发明的范围不受此处说明的实施方式的限制,可在不超出本发明的主旨的范围内进行各种变更。Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail. In addition, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the embodiment described here, and various modifications can be made without departing from the gist of the present invention.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂是至少具有来自四羧酸化合物的式(a)表示的结构单元、来自二羧酸化合物的式(b)表示的结构单元、及来自二胺化合物的式(c)表示的结构单元的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂,The polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention has at least a structural unit represented by formula (a) derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound, a structural unit represented by formula (b) derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, and a formula derived from a diamine compound. (c) The polyamideimide-based resin of the structural unit represented by,

Figure BDA0002333991740000071
Figure BDA0002333991740000071

[式(a)中,Y表示四价有机基团,[In formula (a), Y represents a tetravalent organic group,

式(b)中,Z表示二价有机基团,In formula (b), Z represents a divalent organic group,

式(c)中,X表示二价有机基团,In formula (c), X represents a divalent organic group,

Rc相互独立地表示氢原子或化学键,R c independently of each other represents a hydrogen atom or a chemical bond,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

其中,包含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元作为该来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元,Wherein, the structural unit represented by the formula (1) in the formula (a) is included as the structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound,

Figure BDA0002333991740000072
Figure BDA0002333991740000072

[式(1)中,Ra相互独立地表示氢原子、碳原子数为1~12的烷基、碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基或碳原子数为6~12的芳基,[In formula (1), R a independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms,

Ra中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,The hydrogen atoms contained in R a can be replaced by halogen atoms independently of each other,

n表示0~2的整数,n represents an integer from 0 to 2,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

该聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的按照聚苯乙烯换算的重均分子量为330,000以上。本说明书中,也将式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元称为“结构单元(a1)”。The polyamide-imide-based resin has a weight average molecular weight of 330,000 or more in terms of polystyrene. In this specification, the structural unit in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1) is also referred to as a "structural unit (a1)".

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂至少具有来自四羧酸化合物的式(a)表示的结构单元(以下,也称为“结构单元(a)”)、来自二羧酸化合物的式(b)表示的结构单元(以下,也称为“结构单元(b)”)、及来自二胺化合物的式(c)表示的结构单元(以下,也称为“结构单元(c)”),包含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)作为该来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a)。本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂通常具有多个结构单元(a)、多个结构单元(b)及多个结构单元(c)、以及任选的多个其他结构单元。本说明书中,所谓的本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)作为来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a),是指:聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂所具有的多个结构单元(a)中,至少一部分结构单元(a)为式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)。上述的记载也同样适用于本说明书中的同样的其他记载。需要说明的是,式(a)~式(c)中的化学键是与相邻的结构单元键合的化学键。The polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention has at least a structural unit represented by the formula (a) derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound (hereinafter, also referred to as "structural unit (a)") and a formula (b) derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound. ) represented by the structural unit (hereinafter, also referred to as "structural unit (b)") and the structural unit represented by the formula (c) derived from the diamine compound (hereinafter, also referred to as "structural unit (c)"), including Y in the formula (a) is represented by the structural unit (a1) of the formula (1) as the structural unit (a) derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound. The polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention generally has a plurality of structural units (a), a plurality of structural units (b), a plurality of structural units (c), and optionally a plurality of other structural units. In the present specification, the so-called polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention includes a structural unit (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1) as a structural unit (a) derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound, and is It means that among the plurality of structural units (a) contained in the polyamideimide-based resin, at least some of the structural units (a) are structural units (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1). The above-mentioned descriptions are also applicable to the other descriptions in this specification. In addition, the chemical bond in a formula (a) - a formula (c) is a chemical bond which couple|bonded with the adjacent structural unit.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂至少具有结构单元(a)、结构单元(b)及结构单元(c),此处,来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a)及来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)通常形成式(D)表示的酰亚胺键,被包含在聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)及来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)形成式(E)表示的酰胺键,被包含在聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中。The polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention has at least a structural unit (a), a structural unit (b), and a structural unit (c). Here, the structural unit (a) derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound and the structural unit (a) derived from the diamine compound The structural unit (c) usually forms an imide bond represented by the formula (D), and is contained in the polyamideimide-based resin, and the structural unit (b) derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound and the structural unit derived from the diamine compound ( c) The amide bond represented by the formula (E) is formed and contained in the polyamideimide-based resin.

Figure BDA0002333991740000081
Figure BDA0002333991740000081

[式(D)中,Y表示四价有机基团,[In formula (D), Y represents a tetravalent organic group,

X表示二价有机基团,X represents a divalent organic group,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

Figure BDA0002333991740000091
Figure BDA0002333991740000091

[式(E)中,Z及X相互独立地表示二价有机基团,[In formula (E), Z and X independently represent a divalent organic group,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

需要说明的是,式(D)中的具有Y及4个羰基的部分相当于来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a),式(E)中的具有Z及2个羰基的部分相当于来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b),式(D)及式(E)中的具有X及氨基的部分相当于来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)。需要说明的是,在式(D)及式(E)中的相当于来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)的部分中,对于表示二价有机基团的X而言,一方的化学键键合于氨基,另一方的*表示的化学键键合于相邻的结构单元。式(D)及式(E)表示的结构单元反复出现时,键合于相邻的结构单元的*表示的化学键与式(D)或式(E)中的氨基部分键合。因此,式(D)及式(E)中的具有X及氨基的部分可以说是相当于来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)的部分。In addition, the moiety having Y and four carbonyl groups in the formula (D) corresponds to the structural unit (a) derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound, and the moiety having Z and two carbonyl groups in the formula (E) corresponds to the moiety derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound. In the structural unit (b) of the dicarboxylic acid compound, the moiety having X and an amino group in the formula (D) and formula (E) corresponds to the structural unit (c) derived from the diamine compound. In addition, in the part corresponding to the structural unit (c) derived from the diamine compound in the formula (D) and the formula (E), X representing a divalent organic group is bound by one of the chemical bonds In the amino group, the chemical bond indicated by * on the other side is bonded to the adjacent structural unit. When the structural units represented by the formula (D) and the formula (E) appear repeatedly, the chemical bond represented by * bonded to the adjacent structural unit is bonded to the amino moiety in the formula (D) or the formula (E). Therefore, the moiety having X and an amino group in formula (D) and formula (E) can be said to be a moiety corresponding to the structural unit (c) derived from the diamine compound.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)作为来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a)。这种情况下,本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂具有Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(D)。式(D)及式(E)中的*表示与相邻的结构单元键合的化学键。The polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention contains, as the structural unit (a) derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound, a structural unit (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1). In this case, the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention has a structural unit (D) in which Y is represented by the formula (1). * in formula (D) and formula (E) represents a chemical bond to an adjacent structural unit.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂至少具有式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a1)、来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)、及来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)即可,可以进一步具有上述以外的其他来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元、及/或来自上述以外的其他单体的结构单元。具体而言,本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂至少具有1种或2种以上的式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a1)、1种或2种以上的来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)、及1种或2种以上的来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c),可以除了这些之外进一步具有式(a)中的Y不属于式(1)的1种或2种以上的来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(例如后述的结构单元(a2))、及/或来自除四羧酸化合物、二羧酸化合物及二胺化合物以外的1种或2种以上的其他单体的结构单元(以下,也称为结构单元(d))。The polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention has at least a structural unit (a1) derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound in which Y in formula (a) is represented by formula (1), a structural unit (b) derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, and a structural unit (c) derived from a diamine compound, and may further have a structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound other than the above, and/or a structural unit derived from a monomer other than the above. Specifically, the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention has at least one or two or more structural units (a1) and 1 derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound represented by the formula (1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1). One or two or more kinds of the structural unit (b) derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, and one or two or more kinds of the structural unit (c) derived from a diamine compound, may further have in the formula (a) in addition to these Y does not belong to one type or two or more types of structural units derived from tetracarboxylic acid compounds (for example, structural unit (a2) described later) of formula (1), and/or derived from tetracarboxylic acid compounds, dicarboxylic acid compounds, and A structural unit of one or two or more other monomers other than the diamine compound (hereinafter, also referred to as a structural unit (d)).

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)作为来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a)。通过使聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含结构单元(a1),从而式(1)表示的结构单元将会被包含在聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中。式(1)表示的结构单元为刚直性高的结构,将会在聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的骨架中包含具有刚直性的部分。结果,令人惊讶的是,变得容易提高得到的光学膜的弹性模量及全光线透过率。The polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention contains, as the structural unit (a) derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound, a structural unit (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1). By making the polyamideimide-based resin contain the structural unit (a1), the structural unit represented by the formula (1) will be contained in the polyamideimide-based resin. The structural unit represented by the formula (1) is a structure with high rigidity, and a part having rigidity will be included in the skeleton of the polyamideimide-based resin. As a result, surprisingly, it became easy to improve the elastic modulus and total light transmittance of the obtained optical film.

另外,通过使本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的按照聚苯乙烯换算的重均分子量为330,000以上,从而容易提高得到的光学膜的弹性模量及光学特性,并且,能提高含有聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的清漆的稳定性。需要说明的是,本说明书中,也将含有聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的清漆称为“树脂清漆”。聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的按照聚苯乙烯换算的重均分子量小于330,000时,难以抑制树脂清漆的经时的凝胶化,结果,光学膜的制造时的树脂清漆的制膜性下降、以及/或者得到的光学膜的光学特性下降,这是显然的。其原因虽不明确,但认为在包含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,容易在相邻的聚合物链间填充具有式(1)表示的结构单元的部分,因此,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的分子间的相互作用容易提高。另外认为,可在聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的末端部分存在的氨基及羧基容易在聚合物链间形成氢键。聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的按照聚苯乙烯换算的重均分子量小于330,000时,由于式(1)表示的结构单元、及可在末端部分存在的氨基及羧基而导致的聚合物链间的相互作用变得过高,因此认为,清漆容易随时间经过而发生凝胶化。需要说明的是,本发明不受上述机制的任何限制。In addition, by making the polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight of the polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention 330,000 or more, the elastic modulus and optical properties of the optical film to be obtained can be easily improved, and the polyamide-containing polyamide can be improved. Stability of varnish of imide resin. In addition, in this specification, the varnish containing a polyamideimide-type resin is also called "resin varnish". When the polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight of the polyamide-imide-based resin is less than 330,000, it is difficult to suppress the gelation of the resin varnish over time, and as a result, the film formability of the resin varnish at the time of optical film production decreases, and /Or the optical properties of the resulting optical film are degraded, which is obvious. Although the reason for this is not clear, it is thought that in the polyamideimide-based resin containing the structural unit (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1), it is easy to fill between the adjacent polymer chains with the Since it is a part of the structural unit represented by Formula (1), the interaction between the molecules of the polyamideimide-based resin tends to improve. Moreover, it is thought that the amino group and the carboxyl group which can exist in the terminal part of a polyamideimide-type resin are easy to form a hydrogen bond between polymer chains. When the polystyrene-equivalent weight-average molecular weight of the polyamide-imide resin is less than 330,000, the structural unit represented by the formula (1) and the amino and carboxyl groups that may exist in the terminal portion cause the mutual interaction between the polymer chains Since the action becomes too high, it is considered that the varnish tends to gel with the passage of time. It should be noted that the present invention is not limited in any way by the above-mentioned mechanism.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的按照聚苯乙烯换算的重均分子量为330,000以上,从容易提高清漆的稳定性,容易提高光学膜的光学特性、弹性模量、表面硬度及耐弯曲性的观点考虑,优选为400,000以上,更优选为420,000,进一步优选为440,000以上,尤其优选为460,000以上,从容易提高聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂在溶剂中的溶解性,并且容易提高光学膜的延伸性及加工性的观点考虑,优选为1,000,000以下,更优选为800,000以下,进一步优选为700,000以下,尤其优选为600,000以下。重均分子量例如可通过进行GPC测定、按照标准聚苯乙烯换算而求出,例如可利用实施例中记载的方法算出。The polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention has a weight average molecular weight of 330,000 or more in terms of polystyrene, and it is easy to improve the stability of the varnish and the optical properties, elastic modulus, surface hardness, and bending resistance of the optical film. From the viewpoint of 400,000 or more, more preferably 420,000, still more preferably 440,000 or more, particularly preferably 460,000 or more, it is easy to improve the solubility of the polyamideimide-based resin in the solvent, and it is easy to improve the elongation of the optical film From the viewpoint of property and workability, it is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 800,000 or less, still more preferably 700,000 or less, and particularly preferably 600,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight can be calculated|required by the standard polystyrene conversion by performing GPC measurement, for example, and can be calculated|required by the method as described in an Example.

调节聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的重均分子量的方法没有特别限制,例如,为了得到聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂而使四羧酸化合物、二羧酸化合物及二胺化合物进行共聚时,优选的是,通过将相对于四羧酸化合物及二羧酸化合物的总摩尔量而言的二胺化合物的摩尔量的比例调节至1.0左右,来制造具有上述期望范围的重均分子量的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂。具体而言,将四羧酸化合物及二羧酸化合物的总摩尔量作为1时的二胺化合物的摩尔量的比例(二胺化合物的摩尔量/(四羧酸化合物及二羧酸化合物的总摩尔量),以下,也将该比例称为“胺比”)优选为0.95以上,更优选为0.97以上,进一步优选为0.98以上,尤其优选为0.99以上,从容易将聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的重均分子量调节至优选范围的观点考虑,优选为1.05以下,更优选为1.03以下,进一步优选为1.02以下,尤其优选为1.01以下。The method for adjusting the weight average molecular weight of the polyamideimide-based resin is not particularly limited. For example, in order to obtain the polyamidoimide-based resin, when a tetracarboxylic acid compound, a dicarboxylic acid compound, and a diamine compound are copolymerized, the preferred Yes, by adjusting the ratio of the molar amount of the diamine compound to about 1.0 with respect to the total molar amount of the tetracarboxylic acid compound and the dicarboxylic acid compound, a polyamidoimide having a weight average molecular weight in the desired range described above is produced. Amine resin. Specifically, the ratio of the molar amount of the diamine compound when the total molar amount of the tetracarboxylic acid compound and the dicarboxylic acid compound is 1 (the molar amount of the diamine compound/(the total amount of the tetracarboxylic acid compound and the dicarboxylic acid compound) molar amount), hereinafter, this ratio is also referred to as "amine ratio") is preferably 0.95 or more, more preferably 0.97 or more, still more preferably 0.98 or more, particularly preferably 0.99 or more, from the ease of polyamideimide resin From the viewpoint of adjusting the weight average molecular weight of α to a preferred range, it is preferably 1.05 or less, more preferably 1.03 or less, still more preferably 1.02 or less, and particularly preferably 1.01 or less.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)作为来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元。The polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention contains, as a structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound, a structural unit (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1).

Figure BDA0002333991740000121
Figure BDA0002333991740000121

[式(1)中,Ra相互独立地表示氢原子、碳原子数为1~12的烷基、碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基或碳原子数为6~12的芳基,[In formula (1), R a independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms,

Ra中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,The hydrogen atoms contained in R a can be replaced by halogen atoms independently of each other,

n表示0~2的整数,n represents an integer from 0 to 2,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂可以具有式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的1种结构单元(a1),也可具有式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的2种以上的结构单元(a1)。The polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention may have one kind of structural unit (a1) represented by formula (1) in which Y in formula (a) is represented by formula (1), or may have Y in formula (a) represented by formula (1). of two or more structural units (a1).

式(1)中的Ra相互独立地表示氢原子、碳原子数为1~12的烷基、碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基或碳原子数为6~12的芳基,Ra中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代。本发明的优选的一个方式中,从容易提高使用聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂得到的光学膜的全光线透过率及弹性模量的观点考虑,Ra优选为氢原子。R a in formula (1) independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and R The hydrogen atoms contained in a may be replaced by halogen atoms independently of each other. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, R a is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of easily improving the total light transmittance and elastic modulus of the optical film obtained by using the polyamideimide-based resin.

作为碳原子数为1~12的烷基,可举出碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的烷基。作为碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的烷基,可举出例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、正丁基、仲丁基、叔丁基、正戊基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基丙基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、叔辛基、正壬基、正癸基、环戊基、环己基等。碳原子数为1~12的烷基可以为直链状的烷基、支链状的烷基、或包含脂环式烃结构的脂环式的烷基。碳原子数为1~12的烷基的碳原子数优选为1~6,更优选为1~4,进一步优选为1~3。上述的碳原子数为1~12的烷基可以为至少1个氢原子相互独立地被卤素原子、碳原子数为1~4的烷基、碳原子数为1~4的烷氧基、羟基、或羧基取代而得到的基团。作为卤素原子,可举出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。此处,碳原子数为1~12的烷基被包含碳原子的取代基(例如碳原子数为1~4的烷基)取代时,碳原子数为1~12的烷基的碳原子数中不包含该取代基中所含的碳原子的数目。例如,上述的碳原子数为1~12的烷基被碳原子数为1~4的烷基取代而得到的基团是以碳原子数为1~12的烷基为主链、且该烷基的至少1个氢原子被碳原子数为1~4的烷基取代而得到的基团。成为主链的烷基部分的碳原子数为1~12时,作为烷基整体的碳原子数可以大于12。需要说明的是,作为烷基整体的碳原子的数目未超过12的基团的情况下,碳原子数为1~12的烷基被碳原子数为1~4的烷基取代而得到的基团是也被包含在碳原子数为1~12的支链状的烷基的定义中的基团。Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include linear, branched, or alicyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of linear, branched, or alicyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-ethylpropyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, tert-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl base, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc. The alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms may be a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, or an alicyclic alkyl group including an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 4, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The above-mentioned alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms may be at least one hydrogen atom independently replaced by a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a hydroxyl group. , or a group obtained by substitution of a carboxyl group. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned. Here, when the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is substituted with a substituent containing carbon atoms (for example, the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is does not include the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent. For example, a group obtained by substituting the above-mentioned alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms with an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms has an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms as the main chain, and the alkane A group obtained by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of the group with an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. When the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl part of the main chain is 1 to 12, the number of carbon atoms in the entire alkyl group may be larger than 12. In the case of a group in which the number of carbon atoms as a whole alkyl group does not exceed 12, a group obtained by substituting an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms with an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms A group is a group also included in the definition of a branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.

作为碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基,可举出例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙基氧基、异丙基氧基、正丁氧基、异丁氧基、叔丁氧基、戊基氧基、己基氧基、环己基氧基、庚基氧基、辛基氧基、壬基氧基及癸基氧基等。碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基中的烷基部分及/或亚烷基部分可以为直链状、支链状、或脂环式中的任一种。碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基的碳原子数优选为1~6,更优选为1~4,进一步优选为1~3。上述的碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基可以为至少1个氢原子相互独立地被卤素原子、碳原子数为1~4的烷基、碳原子数为1~4的烷氧基、羟基、或羧基取代而得到的基团。作为卤素原子,可举出上文中记载的原子。此处,碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基被包含碳原子的取代基取代时,碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基的碳原子数中不包含该取代基中所含的碳原子的数目。Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propyloxy group, isopropyloxy group, n-butoxy group, isobutoxy group, and tert-butoxy group. , pentyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, nonyloxy and decyloxy, etc. The alkyl moiety and/or the alkylene moiety in the alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms may be linear, branched, or alicyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 4, and still more preferably 1 to 3. The above-mentioned alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms may have at least one hydrogen atom independently replaced by a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, A group obtained by substitution of a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. As a halogen atom, the atom described above is mentioned. Here, when the alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is substituted with a substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms does not include the carbon contained in the substituent. the number of atoms.

作为碳原子数为6~12的芳基,可举出例如苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基、萘基、联苯基等。碳原子数为6~12的芳基的碳原子数优选为6或10或12。上述的碳原子数为6~12的芳基可以为至少1个氢原子相互独立地被卤素原子、碳原子数为1~4的烷基、碳原子数为1~4的烷氧基、羟基、或羧基取代而得到的基团。作为卤素原子,可举出上文中记载的原子。此处,碳原子数为6~12的芳基被包含碳原子的取代基取代时,碳原子数为6~12的芳基的碳原子数中不包含该取代基中所含的碳原子的数目。As a C6-C12 aryl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferably 6 or 10 or 12. The above-mentioned aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms may be at least one hydrogen atom independently replaced by a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a hydroxyl group. , or a group obtained by substitution of a carboxyl group. As a halogen atom, the atom described above is mentioned. Here, when the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is substituted with a substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms does not include the carbon atoms contained in the substituent. number.

Ra中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代。作为卤素原子,可举出上文中记载的原子。The hydrogen atoms contained in R a may be substituted by halogen atoms independently of each other. As a halogen atom, the atom described above is mentioned.

式(1)中的n表示0~2的整数,从容易提高使用聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂得到的光学膜的全光线透过率及弹性模量的观点考虑,n优选为0或1,更优选为0。n in the formula (1) represents an integer of 0 to 2, and is preferably 0 or 1 from the viewpoint of easily improving the total light transmittance and elastic modulus of the optical film obtained by using the polyamideimide-based resin, More preferably, it is 0.

式(1)中的*表示与来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元中的、来自羧基的部分(例如酰亚胺基部分)键合的化学键。本说明书中,所谓四羧酸化合物,可以是具有4个羧基的化合物、该化合物的酰卤、羧酸酯、及/或相邻的2个羧基进行脱水缩合而得到的羧酸二酐,从合成时的聚合的容易性的观点考虑,四羧酸化合物优选为四羧酸二酐。* in formula (1) represents a chemical bond bonded to a moiety derived from a carboxyl group (eg, an imide moiety) in a structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound. In the present specification, the term "tetracarboxylic acid compound" may be a compound having four carboxyl groups, an acid halide of the compound, a carboxylic acid ester, and/or a carboxylic dianhydride obtained by dehydration condensation of two adjacent carboxyl groups. From the viewpoint of easiness of polymerization during synthesis, the tetracarboxylic acid compound is preferably tetracarboxylic dianhydride.

例如,该四羧酸化合物为四羧酸二酐时,提供式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)的四羧酸化合物由式(8)表示。For example, when the tetracarboxylic acid compound is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride, the tetracarboxylic acid compound providing the structural unit (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1) is represented by the formula (8).

Figure BDA0002333991740000141
Figure BDA0002333991740000141

[式(8)中,Ra及n如式(1)中定义的那样][In formula (8), R a and n are as defined in formula (1)]

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,基于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的全部结构单元而言,式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)的量优选为2~45摩尔%,更优选为5~40%,进一步优选为10~40摩尔%,尤其优选为15~35摩尔%。结构单元(a1)的量为上述的下限以上时,容易提高光学膜的弹性模量。另外,结构单元(a1)的量为上述的上限以下时,容易提高光学膜的全光线透过率。此处,本说明书中,所谓聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的全部结构单元,表示聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的全部单体单元。需要说明的是,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的结构单元(a1)及全部结构单元的量例如可使用1H-NMR进行测定,或者也可由原料的装料比算出。In the polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention, the amount of the structural unit (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1) is based on all the structural units contained in the polyamide-imide-based resin. Preferably it is 2-45 mol%, More preferably, it is 5-40 mol%, More preferably, it is 10-40 mol%, Especially preferably, it is 15-35 mol%. When the quantity of a structural unit (a1) is more than the said minimum, it becomes easy to improve the elastic modulus of an optical film. Moreover, when the quantity of a structural unit (a1) is below the said upper limit, it becomes easy to improve the total light transmittance of an optical film. Here, in this specification, all the structural units contained in the polyamide-imide-based resin mean all the monomer units contained in the polyamide-imide-based resin. In addition, the amount of the structural unit (a1) and all structural units contained in the polyamideimide-based resin can be measured using 1 H-NMR, for example, or can be calculated from the charge ratio of the raw materials.

式(1)优选由式(1’)表示。The formula (1) is preferably represented by the formula (1').

Figure BDA0002333991740000151
Figure BDA0002333991740000151

[*表示化学键][* indicates chemical bond]

需要说明的是,式(1’)相当于式(1)中的Ra为氢原子、n为0结构。In addition, formula (1') corresponds to the structure in which R a in formula (1) is a hydrogen atom, and n is 0.

对于本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂而言,除了式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)之外,至少具有来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)、及来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)。聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂可以具有1种结构单元(b),也可具有2种以上结构单元(b)。另外,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂可以具有1种结构单元(c),也可具有2种以上结构单元(c)。The polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention has at least a structural unit (b) derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound in addition to the structural unit (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1). , and the structural unit (c) derived from the diamine compound. The polyamideimide-based resin may have one kind of structural unit (b), or may have two or more kinds of structural units (b). Moreover, the polyamide-imide-type resin may have 1 type of structural unit (c), and may have 2 or more types of structural units (c).

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,基于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的全部结构单元而言,来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)的量优选为5~70摩尔%,更优选为10~65%,进一步优选为20~60摩尔%。结构单元(b)的量为上述的下限以上时,容易提高树脂在溶剂中的溶解性,容易提高清漆的稳定性。另外,结构单元(b)的量为上述的上限以下时,容易提高弹性模量。In the polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention, the amount of the structural unit (b) derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound is preferably 5 to 70 mol % based on all the structural units contained in the polyamide-imide-based resin, More preferably, it is 10 to 65%, and even more preferably, it is 20 to 60 mol%. When the quantity of a structural unit (b) is more than the said minimum, it becomes easy to improve the solubility of resin in a solvent, and it becomes easy to improve the stability of a varnish. Moreover, when the quantity of a structural unit (b) is below the said upper limit, it becomes easy to raise an elastic modulus.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,将来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a)和来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)的总量作为100摩尔%时,来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)的量优选为95~105摩尔%,更优选为97~103摩尔%,进一步优选为98~102摩尔%,尤其优选为99~101摩尔%。结构单元(c)的量为上述的范围外时,分子量不易提高,清漆的稳定性容易下降。In the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention, when the total amount of the structural unit (a) derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound and the structural unit (b) derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound is taken as 100 mol %, the amount derived from the diamine compound is 100 mol %. The amount of the structural unit (c) is preferably 95 to 105 mol %, more preferably 97 to 103 mol %, further preferably 98 to 102 mol %, and particularly preferably 99 to 101 mol %. When the amount of the structural unit (c) is outside the above-mentioned range, the molecular weight is not easily increased, and the stability of the varnish is likely to decrease.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)由式(b)表示。In the polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention, the structural unit (b) derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound is represented by the formula (b).

Figure BDA0002333991740000161
Figure BDA0002333991740000161

[式(b)中,Z表示二价有机基团,[In formula (b), Z represents a divalent organic group,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

此处,式(b)中的*是与本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中通常和来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元相邻的、来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)连接的化学键。结构单元(b)例如形成了上述的式(E)表示的酰胺键。Here, * in formula (b) is a chemical bond connected to the structural unit (c) derived from the diamine compound which is usually adjacent to the structural unit derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound in the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention . The structural unit (b) forms, for example, an amide bond represented by the above-mentioned formula (E).

式(b)中的Z为二价有机基团,优选为可以被碳原子数为1~8的烃基、经氟取代的碳原子数为1~8的烃基、碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基、或经氟取代的碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基取代的碳原子数为4~40的二价有机基团,更优选为可以被碳原子数为1~8的烃基、经氟取代的碳原子数为1~8的烃基、碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基、或经氟取代的碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基取代的、具有环状结构的碳原子数为4~40的二价有机基团。作为环状结构,可举出脂环、芳香环、杂环结构。作为Z,可例举式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)表示的基团的化学键中不相邻的2个替换成氢原子而得到的二价有机基团及碳原子数为6以下的二价链式烃基,作为Z的杂环结构,可例举具有噻吩环骨架的二价有机基团。Z in the formula (b) is a divalent organic group, preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms substituted by fluorine, or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms that may be substituted by fluorine. An alkoxy group, or a divalent organic group having 4 to 40 carbon atoms substituted by a fluorine-substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrocarbon group that may be substituted with 1 to 8 carbon atoms , a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group with 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-substituted alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, having a cyclic structure A divalent organic group with 4 to 40 carbon atoms. As a cyclic structure, an alicyclic structure, an aromatic ring, and a heterocyclic structure are mentioned. As Z, formula (20), formula (21), formula (22), formula (23), formula (24), formula (25), formula (26), formula (27), formula (28) can be mentioned. A divalent organic group obtained by replacing two non-adjacent hydrogen atoms in the chemical bond of the group represented by the formula (29) and a divalent chain hydrocarbon group having 6 or less carbon atoms, as the heterocyclic structure of Z , a divalent organic group having a thiophene ring skeleton can be exemplified.

Figure BDA0002333991740000162
Figure BDA0002333991740000162

从容易抑制光学层叠体的黄色度(减小YI值)的观点考虑,优选式(20)~式(29)表示的基团的化学键中不相邻的2个替换成氢原子而成的二价有机基团、及具有噻吩环骨架的二价有机基团。本发明的一个实施方式中,对于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的结构单元(b)而言,作为Z,可包含1种有机基团,也可包含2种以上有机基团。From the viewpoint of easily suppressing the yellowness of the optical laminate (reducing the YI value), two groups in which non-adjacent two of the chemical bonds of the groups represented by the formulae (20) to (29) are replaced with hydrogen atoms are preferred. A valent organic group, and a divalent organic group having a thiophene ring skeleton. In one embodiment of the present invention, the structural unit (b) contained in the polyamideimide-based resin may contain one type of organic group as Z, or may contain two or more types of organic groups.

式(20)~式(29)中,In formulas (20) to (29),

*表示化学键,W1表示单键、-O-、-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-、-CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-Ar3-、-SO2-、-CO-、-O-Ar3-O-、-Ar3-O-Ar3-、-Ar3-CH2-Ar3-、-Ar3-C(CH3)2-Ar3-或-Ar3-SO2-Ar3-。Ar3表示氢原子可以被氟原子取代的碳原子数为6~20的亚芳基,作为具体例,可举出亚苯基。Ar3存在有多个时,Ar3相互可以相同也可以不同。* represents a chemical bond, W 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -Ar 3 -, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-Ar 3 -O-, -Ar 3 -O-Ar 3 -, -Ar 3 -CH 2 -Ar 3 -, -Ar 3 -C(CH 3 ) 2 -Ar 3 - or -Ar 3 -SO 2 -Ar 3 -. Ar 3 represents an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom, and a specific example thereof includes a phenylene group. When a plurality of Ar 3 exists, Ar 3 may be the same or different from each other.

作为Z的有机基团,更优选式(20’)、式(21’)、式(22’)、式(23’)、式(24’)、式(25’)、式(26’)、式(27’)、式(28’)及式(29’)表示的二价有机基团。As the organic group of Z, formula (20'), formula (21'), formula (22'), formula (23'), formula (24'), formula (25'), formula (26') are more preferable , a divalent organic group represented by formula (27'), formula (28') and formula (29').

Figure BDA0002333991740000171
Figure BDA0002333991740000171

[式(20’)~式(29’)中,W1及*如式(20)~式(29)中定义的那样][In formulas (20') to (29'), W 1 and * are as defined in formulas (20) to (29)]

需要说明的是,式(20)~式(29)及式(20’)~式(29’)中的环上的氢原子可以被碳原子数为1~8的烃基、经氟取代的碳原子数为1~8的烃基、碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基、经氟取代的碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基取代。In addition, the hydrogen atom on the ring in the formula (20) to the formula (29) and the formula (20') to the formula (29') may be a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a fluorine-substituted carbon group A hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a fluorine-substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms are substituted.

聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,式(b)中的Z具有上述的式(20’)~式(29’)中任一式表示的结构单元时,对于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂而言,从容易提高清漆的成膜性、容易获得所得的光学膜的均匀性的观点考虑,优选的是,除了该结构单元之外,还具有下述式(d1)表示的来自羧酸的结构单元。In the polyamide-imide-based resin, when Z in the formula (b) has a structural unit represented by any one of the above formulae (20') to (29'), the polyamide-imide-based resin is: It is preferable to have, in addition to this structural unit, a structural unit derived from a carboxylic acid represented by the following formula (d1) from the viewpoint of easily improving the film formability of the varnish and easily obtaining the uniformity of the optical film obtained.

Figure BDA0002333991740000181
Figure BDA0002333991740000181

[式(d1)中,R24相互独立地表示氢原子、卤素原子、碳原子数为1~6的烷基、碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基或碳原子数为6~12的芳基,[In formula (d1), R 24 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Aryl,

R25表示R24或-C(=O)-*,R 25 represents R 24 or -C(=O)-*,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

R24中,作为碳原子数为1~6的烷基、碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基及碳原子数为6~12的芳基,分别可举出关于式(1)中的Ra而例举的例子。作为结构单元(d1),具体而言,可举出:R24及R25均为氢原子的结构单元(来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元)、R24均为氢原子且R25表示-C(=O)-*的结构单元(来自三羧酸化合物的结构单元)等。In R 24 , examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, respectively, include those in the formula (1). Examples given by R a . Specific examples of the structural unit (d1) include: a structural unit in which both R 24 and R 25 are hydrogen atoms (a structural unit derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound), where both R 24 and R 24 are hydrogen atoms, and R 25 represents -C A structural unit of (=O)-* (a structural unit derived from a tricarboxylic acid compound) and the like.

提供结构单元(b)的二羧酸化合物没有特别限制,只要为具有2个羰基的化合物即可,可举出例如式(b’)表示的化合物。The dicarboxylic acid compound that provides the structural unit (b) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having two carbonyl groups, and examples thereof include compounds represented by formula (b').

Figure BDA0002333991740000182
Figure BDA0002333991740000182

[式(b’)中,Z表示二价有机基团,[In formula (b'), Z represents a divalent organic group,

R31及R32相互独立地表示羟基、甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、异丙氧基、正丁氧基、仲丁氧基、叔丁氧基或氯原子]R 31 and R 32 independently represent hydroxyl, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy or chlorine atom]

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)由式(c)表示。In the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention, the structural unit (c) derived from the diamine compound is represented by the formula (c).

Figure BDA0002333991740000191
Figure BDA0002333991740000191

[式(c)中,X表示二价有机基团,[In formula (c), X represents a divalent organic group,

Rc相互独立地表示氢原子或化学键,R c independently of each other represents a hydrogen atom or a chemical bond,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

此处,式(c)表示的结构单元(c)在本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中通常与来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a)或来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)相邻,通常形成例如上述的式(D)表示的酰亚胺键、及/或上述的式(E)表示的酰胺键。结构单元(c)中,Rc相互独立地表示氢原子或化学键。*表示的一方的化学键与相邻的来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元键合时,如从式(D)亦可知的那样,Rc表示化学键,键合于相邻的来自四羧酸的结构单元。结构单元(c)中,*表示的一方的化学键键合于相邻的来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元时,如从式(E)亦可知的那样,Rc表示氢原子。Here, the structural unit (c) represented by the formula (c) is usually combined with the structural unit (a) derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound or the structural unit (b) derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound in the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention. ) are adjacent to each other, and usually, for example, an imide bond represented by the aforementioned formula (D) and/or an amide bond represented by the aforementioned formula (E) are formed. In the structural unit (c), R c independently represents a hydrogen atom or a chemical bond. When one of the chemical bonds represented by * is bonded to an adjacent structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound, as is also clear from the formula (D), R c represents a chemical bond and is bonded to an adjacent structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid. unit. In the structural unit (c), when one of the chemical bonds represented by * is bonded to an adjacent structural unit derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, Rc represents a hydrogen atom, as can also be understood from the formula (E).

式(c)中的X表示二价有机基团,优选表示碳原子数为4~40的二价有机基团,更优选表示具有环状结构的碳原子数为4~40的二价有机基团。作为环状结构,可举出脂环、芳香环、杂环结构。对于前述有机基团而言,有机基团中的氢原子可以被烃基或经氟取代的烃基取代,这种情况下,烃基及经氟取代的烃基的碳原子数优选为1~8。本发明的一个实施方式中,对于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的结构单元(c)而言,作为X,可包含1种二价有机基团,也可包含2种以上二价有机基团。X in the formula (c) represents a divalent organic group, preferably a divalent organic group having 4 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably a divalent organic group having a cyclic structure and having 4 to 40 carbon atoms group. As a cyclic structure, an alicyclic structure, an aromatic ring, and a heterocyclic structure are mentioned. In the aforementioned organic group, the hydrogen atom in the organic group may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group, and in this case, the number of carbon atoms of the hydrocarbon group and the fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 8. In one embodiment of the present invention, in the structural unit (c) contained in the polyamideimide-based resin, as X, one type of divalent organic group may be contained, or two or more types of divalent organic groups may be contained group.

提供结构单元(c)的二胺化合物没有特别限制,只要为具有2个氨基的化合物即可,可举出例如式(c’)表示的化合物。The diamine compound providing the structural unit (c) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having two amino groups, and examples thereof include compounds represented by formula (c').

H2N-X-NH2 (c′)H 2 NX-NH 2 (c')

[式(c’)中,X表示二价有机基团][In formula (c'), X represents a divalent organic group]

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,包含式(1)表示的结构单元的四羧酸化合物(例如式(8)表示的化合物)与例如式(c’)表示的二胺化合物反应时,可形成式(10)表示的结构单元。In the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention, when a tetracarboxylic acid compound (for example, a compound represented by formula (8)) containing a structural unit represented by formula (1) is reacted with, for example, a diamine compound represented by formula (c') , can form the structural unit represented by formula (10).

Figure BDA0002333991740000201
Figure BDA0002333991740000201

[式(10)中,Ra及n如针对式(1)中的Ra及n定义的那样,[In formula (10), R a and n are as defined for R a and n in formula (1),

X如针对式(c)中的X定义的那样,X is as defined for X in formula (c),

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

另外,例如式(b’)表示的二羧酸化合物、与例如式(c’)表示的二胺化合物反应时,可形成式(11)表示的结构单元。In addition, when a dicarboxylic acid compound represented by formula (b'), for example, reacts with a diamine compound represented by formula (c'), for example, a structural unit represented by formula (11) can be formed.

Figure BDA0002333991740000202
Figure BDA0002333991740000202

[式(11)中,Z如针对式(b)中的Z定义的那样,[In formula (11), Z is as defined for Z in formula (b),

X如针对式(c)中的X定义的那样,X is as defined for X in formula (c),

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

本发明的优选的一个方式中,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含式(2)表示的结构单元(b1)作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyamideimide-based resin includes the structural unit (b1) represented by the formula (2) as the structural unit (b) derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound.

Figure BDA0002333991740000203
Figure BDA0002333991740000203

[式(2)中,Z1表示可以具有取代基的二价芳香族基团,[In formula (2), Z 1 represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂通常具有多个式(b)表示的结构单元(b)。本方式中,多个结构单元(b)的至少一部分为式(2)表示的结构单元(b1)即可。该方式中,对于本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂而言,作为结构单元(b),可具有1种结构单元(b1),也可具有2种以上结构单元(b1),也可具有结构单元(b1)以外的其他结构单元(b)。The polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention usually has a plurality of structural units (b) represented by formula (b). In the present aspect, at least a part of the plurality of structural units (b) may be the structural unit (b1) represented by the formula (2). In this aspect, the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention may have, as the structural unit (b), one type of structural unit (b1), two or more types of structural units (b1), or may have Other structural units (b) other than the structural unit (b1).

式(2)中的Z1表示可以具有取代基的二价芳香族基团。二价芳香族基团为单环式芳香族环、稠合多环式芳香族环或环集合芳香族环的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团。二价芳香族基团可包含仅由碳原子形成环(单环、稠合多环或环集合)而成的芳香族环,也可包含含有碳原子以外的原子并形成环而成的芳香族杂环。作为碳原子以外的原子,可举出例如氮原子、硫原子及氧原子。形成芳香族环的碳原子及碳原子以外的原子的总数没有特别限制,优选为5~18,更优选为5~14,进一步优选为5~13,尤其优选为5~12。Z 1 in formula (2) represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent. A divalent aromatic group is a group in which two hydrogen atoms of a monocyclic aromatic ring, a condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, or a ring-collected aromatic ring are replaced by chemical bonds. The divalent aromatic group may contain an aromatic ring formed by only carbon atoms forming a ring (single ring, fused polycyclic ring, or a collection of rings), or may contain an aromatic ring formed by containing atoms other than carbon atoms and forming a ring Heterocycle. As an atom other than a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and an oxygen atom are mentioned, for example. The total number of carbon atoms and atoms other than carbon atoms forming the aromatic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5-18, more preferably 5-14, still more preferably 5-13, and particularly preferably 5-12.

作为单环式芳香族环,可举出例如苯、呋喃、吡咯、噻吩、吡啶、咪唑、吡唑、噁唑、噻唑、咪唑啉等。As a monocyclic aromatic ring, benzene, furan, pyrrole, thiophene, pyridine, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazoline, etc. are mentioned, for example.

作为稠合多环式芳香族环,可举出例如萘、蒽、菲、吲哚、苯并噻唑、苯并噁唑、苯并咪唑等。Examples of the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring include naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, indole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, and benzimidazole.

作为环集合芳香族环,可举出用单键将2个以上单环式芳香族环及/或稠合多环式芳香族环连接而成的结构,作为其例子,可举出:用单键将作为单环式芳香族环或稠合多环式芳香族环的例子而在上文中记载的环中的2个以上连接而成的基团、例如联苯、三联苯、四联苯、联萘、1-苯基萘、2-苯基萘、联吡啶(bipyridine)等。Examples of ring-assembled aromatic rings include structures in which two or more monocyclic aromatic rings and/or condensed polycyclic aromatic rings are connected by a single bond. Examples thereof include monocyclic aromatic rings. A bond is a group formed by connecting two or more of the rings described above as examples of a monocyclic aromatic ring or a condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, such as biphenyl, terphenyl, tetraphenyl, Binaphthyl, 1-phenylnaphthalene, 2-phenylnaphthalene, bipyridine and the like.

从容易提高光学膜的弹性模量及全光线透过率的观点考虑,可以具有取代基的二价芳香族基团优选为芳香族烃环的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团,更优选为苯、联苯、三联苯或四联苯的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团,进一步优选为苯或联苯的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团,尤其优选为苯的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团。From the viewpoint of easily improving the elastic modulus and total light transmittance of the optical film, the divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent is preferably a group in which two hydrogen atoms of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring are replaced by chemical bonds, More preferably, it is a group in which 2 hydrogen atoms of benzene, biphenyl, terphenyl or tetraphenyl are replaced by chemical bonds, and more preferably a group in which 2 hydrogen atoms of benzene or biphenyl are replaced by chemical bonds, especially Preferably, it is a group in which two hydrogen atoms of benzene are replaced by chemical bonds.

式(2)中的Z1表示的二价芳香族基团可以具有取代基。作为取代基,可举出例如选自由(i)碳原子数为1~12的烷基、(ii)碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基、(iii)碳原子数为6~12的芳基、(iv)碳原子数为6~12的芳基氧基、及(v)羟基组成的组中的至少1种基团。需要说明的是,上述的取代基中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以进一步被卤素原子、碳原子数为1~4的烷基、碳原子数为1~4的烷氧基、羟基、或羧基取代。该二价芳香族基团可以具有选自由上述(i)~(v)的取代基、及上述(i)~(v)的取代基中包含的氢原子相互独立地被卤素原子、碳原子数为1~4的烷基、碳原子数为1~4的烷氧基、羟基、或羧基进一步取代而成的基团组成的组中的至少1种取代基,也可不具有取代基。从容易制造具有高弹性模量的光学膜的观点考虑,式(2)中的Z1表示的二价芳香族基团优选不具有取代基。The divalent aromatic group represented by Z 1 in the formula (2) may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include (i) an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, (ii) an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and (iii) an alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. At least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group, (iv) an aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and (v) a hydroxyl group. It should be noted that the hydrogen atoms contained in the above-mentioned substituents may, independently of each other, be further replaced by a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, or a carboxyl group. replace. The divalent aromatic group may have a substituent selected from the above-mentioned (i) to (v), and the hydrogen atom contained in the above-mentioned substituent (i) to (v) is independently replaced by a halogen atom, a number of carbon atoms At least one substituent in the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, or a carboxyl group further substituted may not have a substituent. The divalent aromatic group represented by Z 1 in the formula (2) preferably does not have a substituent from the viewpoint of easy production of an optical film having a high elastic modulus.

作为(i)碳原子数为1~12的烷基、(ii)碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基及(iii)碳原子数为6~12的芳基,可举出关于式(1)中的Ra而在上文中例举的基团,与它们有关的优选记载也同样适用上文所述的记载。Examples of (i) an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, (ii) an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and (iii) an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include those of the formula ( In 1) R a and the groups exemplified above, the preferred descriptions related to them are also applicable to the above-mentioned descriptions.

作为(iv)碳原子数为6~12的芳基氧基,可举出苯氧基、甲苯基氧基、二甲苯基氧基、萘基氧基、联苯基氧基等。碳原子数为6~12的芳基氧基的碳原子数优选为6或10或12。上述的碳原子数为6~12的芳基氧基可以为至少1个氢原子相互独立地被卤素原子、碳原子数为1~4的烷基、碳原子数为1~4的烷氧基、羟基、或羧基取代而得到的基团。作为卤素原子,可举出上文中记载的原子。此处,碳原子数为6~12的芳基氧基被包含碳原子的取代基取代时,碳原子数为6~12的芳基氧基的碳原子数中不包含该取代基中所含的碳原子的数目。(iv) The aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms includes a phenoxy group, a tolyloxy group, a xylyloxy group, a naphthyloxy group, a biphenyloxy group, and the like. The number of carbon atoms of the aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferably 6 or 10 or 12. The above-mentioned aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms may be at least one hydrogen atom independently replaced by a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. , hydroxyl, or carboxyl substitution. As a halogen atom, the atom described above is mentioned. Here, when the aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is substituted with a substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms in the aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms does not include those contained in the substituent. the number of carbon atoms.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含式(2)表示的结构单元(b1)作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)的本发明的一个优选方式中,从容易提高光学膜的全光线透过率及弹性模量的观点考虑,将聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的结构单元(b)的合计作为100摩尔%时,式(2)表示的结构单元(b1)的比例优选为70~100摩尔%,更优选为80~100摩尔%,进一步优选为90~100摩尔%,可以是聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的全部结构单元(b)均为结构单元(b1)。需要说明的是,结构单元(b)及结构单元(b1)的含量例如可使用1H-NMR进行测定,或者也可由原料的装料比算出。In one preferred embodiment of the present invention in which the polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention contains the structural unit (b1) represented by the formula (2) as the structural unit (b) derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound, it is easy to improve the overall performance of the optical film. From the viewpoint of light transmittance and elastic modulus, the ratio of the structural unit (b1) represented by the formula (2) is preferable when the total of the structural units (b) contained in the polyamideimide-based resin is taken as 100 mol % 70 to 100 mol %, more preferably 80 to 100 mol %, still more preferably 90 to 100 mol %, and all the structural units (b) contained in the polyamideimide-based resin may be all structural units (b1) . In addition, content of a structural unit (b) and a structural unit (b1) can be measured using 1 H-NMR, for example, or it can also be calculated from the charging ratio of a raw material.

本发明的优选的一个方式中,本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含式(3)表示的结构单元(c1)作为来自二胺化合物的结构单元。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention includes a structural unit (c1) represented by formula (3) as a structural unit derived from a diamine compound.

Figure BDA0002333991740000231
Figure BDA0002333991740000231

[式(3)中,X1表示可以具有取代基的二价芳香族基团,[In formula (3), X 1 represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent,

Rc相互独立地表示氢原子或化学键,R c independently of each other represents a hydrogen atom or a chemical bond,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂通常具有式(c)表示的多个结构单元(c)。本方式中,多个结构单元(c)的至少一部分为式(3)表示的结构单元(c1)即可。该方式中,对于本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂而言,作为结构单元(c),可以具有1种结构单元(c1),也可具有2种以上结构单元(c1),也可具有结构单元(c1)以外的其他结构单元(c)。The polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention usually has a plurality of structural units (c) represented by formula (c). In the present embodiment, at least a part of the plurality of structural units (c) may be the structural unit (c1) represented by the formula (3). In this aspect, the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention may have, as the structural unit (c), one type of structural unit (c1), two or more types of structural units (c1), or may have Other structural units (c) other than structural unit (c1).

式(3)中的X1表示可以具有取代基的二价芳香族基团。二价芳香族基团为单环式芳香族环、稠合多环式芳香族环或环集合芳香族环的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团。二价芳香族基团可包含仅由碳原子形成环(单环、稠合多环或环集合)而成的芳香族环,也可包含含有碳原子以外的原子并形成环而成的芳香族杂环。作为碳原子以外的原子,可举出例如氮原子、硫原子及氧原子。形成芳香族环的碳原子及碳原子以外的原子的总数没有特别限制,优选为5~18,更优选为5~14,进一步优选为5~13,尤其优选为5~12。作为单环式芳香族环、稠合多环式芳香族环及环集合芳香族环的例子,可举出关于式(2)中的Z1而在上文中记载的例子。X 1 in formula (3) represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent. A divalent aromatic group is a group in which two hydrogen atoms of a monocyclic aromatic ring, a condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, or a ring-collected aromatic ring are replaced by chemical bonds. The divalent aromatic group may contain an aromatic ring formed by only carbon atoms forming a ring (single ring, fused polycyclic ring, or a collection of rings), or may contain an aromatic ring formed by containing atoms other than carbon atoms and forming a ring Heterocycle. As an atom other than a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and an oxygen atom are mentioned, for example. The total number of carbon atoms and atoms other than carbon atoms forming the aromatic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5-18, more preferably 5-14, still more preferably 5-13, and particularly preferably 5-12. Examples of the monocyclic aromatic ring, the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, and the ring-assembled aromatic ring include the examples described above regarding Z 1 in the formula (2).

从容易提高光学膜的弹性模量及全光线透过率的观点考虑,可以具有取代基的二价芳香族基团优选为可以具有取代基的芳香族烃环的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团,更优选为可以具有取代基的苯、联苯、三联苯或四联苯的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团,进一步优选为可以具有取代基的苯或联苯的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团,尤其优选为可以具有取代基的联苯的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团。From the viewpoint of easily improving the elastic modulus and total light transmittance of the optical film, the divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent is preferably a chemical bond that replaces two hydrogen atoms of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent. The group formed is more preferably a group in which 2 hydrogen atoms of benzene, biphenyl, terphenyl or tetraphenyl which can have a substituent are replaced by chemical bonds, more preferably a benzene or biphenyl which can have a substituent A group formed by replacing two hydrogen atoms of a chemical bond with a chemical bond is particularly preferably a group formed by replacing two hydrogen atoms of a biphenyl which may have a substituent with a chemical bond.

式(3)中的X1表示的二价芳香族基团可以具有取代基。作为取代基,可举出例如碳原子数为1~12的烷基、碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基、碳原子数为6~12的芳基、及卤代(halogeno)基、以及它们中包含的氢原子被卤素原子取代而得到的基团。作为碳原子数为1~12的烷基、碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基、碳原子数为6~12的芳基、及它们中包含的氢原子被卤素原子取代而得到的基团的具体例,可举出作为式(2)中的Z1表示的二价芳香族基团可以具有的取代基而针对(i)碳原子数为1~12的烷基、(ii)碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基、(iii)碳原子数为6~12的芳基记载的基团。作为卤代基,可举出氟基、氯基、溴基或碘基。The divalent aromatic group represented by X 1 in the formula (3) may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and a halogeno group, and groups in which hydrogen atoms contained in them are replaced by halogen atoms. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and groups in which hydrogen atoms contained in them are substituted with halogen atoms Specific examples of the group include (i) an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, (ii) carbon atoms as a substituent which the divalent aromatic group represented by Z 1 in the formula (2) may have. The groups described in the alkoxy group having 1 to 12 atoms and (iii) the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. As a halogenated group, a fluorine group, a chlorine group, a bromine group, or an iodine group can be mentioned.

作为式(3)中的X1表示的二价芳香族基团可以具有的取代基,优选卤素基、或氢原子可以被卤素原子取代的碳原子数为1~12的烷基,更优选甲基、氟基、氯基或三氟甲基。As the substituent which the divalent aromatic group represented by X 1 in the formula (3) may have, a halogen group or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom is preferable, and methyl group is more preferable. group, fluoro group, chloro group or trifluoromethyl group.

本发明的优选的一个方式中,从容易提高光学膜的全光线透过率及弹性模量的观点、及容易提高清漆的稳定性的观点考虑,式(3)中的X1优选由式(4)表示。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, X 1 in the formula (3) is preferably represented by the formula ( 4) indicates.

Figure BDA0002333991740000241
Figure BDA0002333991740000241

[式(4)中,Rb相互独立地表示碳原子数为1~6的烷基、碳原子数为6~12的芳基、或碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基,[In formula (4), R b independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms,

Rb中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,The hydrogen atoms contained in R b independently of each other may be replaced by halogen atoms,

r相互独立地表示1~4的整数,r independently represents an integer from 1 to 4,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

式(4)中的Rb相互独立地表示碳原子数为1~6的烷基、碳原子数为6~12的芳基、或碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基,Rb中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代。作为碳原子数为1~6的烷基、碳原子数为6~12的芳基、及碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基,可举出作为式(3)中的X1表示的二价芳香族基团可以具有的取代基而在上文中例举的基团。式(4)中的Rb优选为被卤素原子取代的碳原子数为1~6的烷基,更优选为碳原子数为1~6的氟烷基,进一步优选为碳原子数为1~6的全氟烷基,进一步更优选为碳原子数为1~4的全氟烷基,尤其优选为三氟甲基或五氟乙基,尤其更优选为三氟甲基。R b in formula (4) independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and in R b The contained hydrogen atoms may be replaced by halogen atoms independently of each other. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include those represented by X 1 in the formula (3). The substituents that the divalent aromatic group may have are the groups exemplified above. R b in the formula (4) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms substituted by a halogen atom, more preferably a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms The perfluoroalkyl group of 6 is more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a trifluoromethyl group or a pentafluoroethyl group, and even more preferably a trifluoromethyl group.

式(4)中,r相互独立地表示1~4的整数,从容易提高光学膜的全光线透过率及弹性模量的观点考虑,表示优选1~3、更优选1~2、进一步优选1的整数。In formula (4), r represents an integer of 1 to 4 independently of each other, and represents preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and still more preferably from the viewpoint of easily improving the total light transmittance and elastic modulus of the optical film. An integer of 1.

本发明的优选的一个方式中,式(4)由式(4’)表示。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the formula (4) is represented by the formula (4').

Figure BDA0002333991740000251
Figure BDA0002333991740000251

[式(4’)中,R16~R23相互独立地表示氢原子或碳原子数为1~6的氟烷基,其中,R16~R19中的至少1个、及R20~R23中的至少1个表示碳原子数为1~6的氟烷基,[In formula (4'), R 16 to R 23 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, wherein at least one of R 16 to R 19 and R 20 to R At least one of 23 represents a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

从容易提高光学膜的弹性模量及全光线透过率的观点考虑,式(4’)中,更优选至少R18及R20表示碳原子数为1~6的氟烷基,进一步优选R18及R20表示碳原子数为1~6的氟烷基,R16、R17、R19、R21、R22及R23表示氢原子。另外,上述方式中,碳原子数为1~6的氟烷基优选为碳原子数为1~6的全氟烷基,更优选为碳原子数为1~4的全氟烷基,进一步更优选为三氟甲基或五氟乙基,尤其优选为三氟甲基。From the viewpoint of easily improving the elastic modulus and total light transmittance of the optical film, in the formula (4′), it is more preferable that at least R 18 and R 20 represent a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R is more preferable 18 and R 20 represent a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R 16 , R 17 , R 19 , R 21 , R 22 and R 23 represent a hydrogen atom. In addition, in the above-mentioned embodiment, the fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and still more Trifluoromethyl or pentafluoroethyl is preferred, and trifluoromethyl is particularly preferred.

本发明的优选的一个方式中,式(4’)由式(4”)表示。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the formula (4') is represented by the formula (4").

Figure BDA0002333991740000261
Figure BDA0002333991740000261

[式(4”)中,*表示化学键][In formula (4"), * represents a chemical bond]

需要说明的是,式(4”)相当于式(4’)中的R18及R20表示三氟甲基、且R16、R17、R19、R21、R22及R23表示氢原子的化学式。In addition, in formula (4"), R 18 and R 20 in formula (4') correspond to trifluoromethyl, and R 16 , R 17 , R 19 , R 21 , R 22 and R 23 represent hydrogen Chemical formula of atoms.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含式(3)表示的结构单元(c1)作为来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)的本发明的一个优选方式中,从容易提高光学膜的全光线透过率及弹性模量、容易提高清漆的稳定性的观点考虑,将聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的结构单元(c)的合计作为100摩尔%时,式(3)表示的结构单元(c1)的比例优选为50~98摩尔%,更优选为60~95摩尔%,进一步优选为70~94摩尔%。可以是聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的结构单元(c)的一部分为结构单元(c1),也可以是结构单元(c)全部为结构单元(c1),从容易提高光学膜的全光线透过率及弹性模量、容易提高清漆的稳定性的观点考虑,优选聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的结构单元(c)的一部分为结构单元(c1)。需要说明的是,结构单元(c)及结构单元(c1)的含量例如可使用1H-NMR进行测定,或者也可由原料的装料比算出。In one preferred embodiment of the present invention in which the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention contains the structural unit (c1) represented by the formula (3) as the structural unit (c) derived from the diamine compound, the total light output of the optical film is easily improved from the viewpoint of From the viewpoints of transmittance, elastic modulus, and easiness to improve the stability of the varnish, the structural unit represented by the formula (3) when the total of the structural units (c) contained in the polyamideimide-based resin is taken as 100 mol % The ratio of (c1) is preferably 50 to 98 mol %, more preferably 60 to 95 mol %, and further preferably 70 to 94 mol %. A part of the structural unit (c) contained in the polyamide-imide resin may be the structural unit (c1), or all of the structural unit (c) may be the structural unit (c1), and it is easy to improve the total light output of the optical film. From the viewpoints of transmittance, elastic modulus, and easiness to improve the stability of the varnish, it is preferable that a part of the structural unit (c) contained in the polyamideimide-based resin is the structural unit (c1). In addition, content of a structural unit (c) and a structural unit (c1) can be measured using 1 H-NMR, for example, or it can also be calculated from the charging ratio of a raw material.

对于本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂而言,从容易提高光学膜的全光线透过率及弹性模量、容易提高清漆的稳定性的观点考虑,优选的是,包含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)作为来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元,包含式(2)表示的结构单元(b1)作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元,并且,包含式(3)表示的结构单元(c1)作为来自二胺化合物的结构单元。The polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention preferably contains the one in the formula (a) from the viewpoints that the total light transmittance and elastic modulus of the optical film are easily improved, and the stability of the varnish is easily improved. Y is represented by the structural unit (a1) represented by the formula (1) as a structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound, contains the structural unit (b1) represented by the formula (2) as a structural unit derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound, and contains the formula The structural unit (c1) represented by (3) is a structural unit derived from a diamine compound.

在本发明的优选的一个方式中,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,包含式(b)中的Z由式(5)表示的结构单元作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元,In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyamideimide-based resin includes, as a structural unit derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, a structural unit represented by formula (5) in Z in formula (b),

Figure BDA0002333991740000271
Figure BDA0002333991740000271

[式(5)中,Ar1相互独立地表示可以具有取代基的二价芳香族基团,[In formula (5), Ar 1 independently represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent,

V表示-O-、二苯基亚甲基、碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的二价烃基、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-或-N(R12)-,此处,该烃基中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,V represents -O-, diphenylmethylene, linear, branched or alicyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 12 )-, where the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group may be independently substituted by halogen atoms,

R12表示氢原子、或可以被卤素原子取代的碳原子数为1~12的烷基,R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom,

m表示1~3的整数,其中,m为2或3时,存在有多个的V相互可以相同也可以不同,m represents an integer of 1 to 3, wherein, when m is 2 or 3, there are a plurality of V which may be the same or different from each other,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

以及/或者,包含式(c)中的X由式(5)表示的结构单元作为来自二胺化合物的结构单元,And/or, a structural unit represented by formula (5) in which X in formula (c) is included as a structural unit derived from a diamine compound,

以及/或者,还包含式(a)中的Y由式(6)表示的结构单元作为来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元。And/or, a structural unit in which Y in formula (a) is represented by formula (6) is further included as a structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound.

Figure BDA0002333991740000272
Figure BDA0002333991740000272

[式(6)中,Ar2相互独立地表示可以具有取代基的三价芳香族基团,[In formula (6), Ar 2 independently represents a trivalent aromatic group which may have a substituent,

s表示0~2的整数,s represents an integer from 0 to 2,

Ar1、V及*如针对式(5)中的Ar1、V及*定义的那样,其中,s为2时,存在有多个的V及Ar1分别相互可以相同也可以不同]Ar 1 , V and * are as defined for Ar 1 , V and * in formula (5), where, when s is 2, there are a plurality of V and Ar 1 which may be the same or different from each other]

需要说明的是,本说明书中,也将作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元而可包含的式(b)中的Z由式(5)表示的结构单元称为“结构单元(b2)”,也将作为来自二胺化合物的结构单元而可包含的式(c)中的X由式(5)表示的结构单元称为“结构单元(c2)”,也将作为来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元而可包含的式(a)中的Y由式(6)表示的结构单元称为“结构单元(a2)”。本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂至少具有上述结构单元(a1)、结构单元(b)及结构单元(c),在优选的一个方式中,包含结构单元(b2)作为结构单元(b),包含结构单元(c2)作为结构单元(c),以及/或者,除了结构单元(a1)之外还包含结构单元(a2)作为结构单元(a)。该方式中,除了式(1)表示的结构单元之外,在本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中还包含式(5)表示的结构单元、及/或式(6)表示的结构单元。需要说明的是,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含结构单元(b2)作为结构单元(b)时,该树脂可以包含或者不包含结构单元(b1)。另外,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含结构单元(c2)作为结构单元(c)时,该树脂可以包含或者不包含结构单元(c1)。In addition, in this specification, the structural unit represented by the formula (5) in the formula (b) that can be included as a structural unit derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound is also referred to as a "structural unit (b2)", The structural unit represented by the formula (5) in which X in the formula (c) can be included as a structural unit derived from a diamine compound is also referred to as a "structural unit (c2)", and is also referred to as a structure derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound The structural unit represented by the formula (6) in which Y in the formula (a) may be contained is referred to as a "structural unit (a2)". The polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention has at least the above-mentioned structural unit (a1), structural unit (b), and structural unit (c), and in a preferred embodiment, contains structural unit (b2) as structural unit (b) , contains structural unit (c2) as structural unit (c), and/or contains structural unit (a2) as structural unit (a) in addition to structural unit (a1). In this aspect, in addition to the structural unit represented by the formula (1), the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention contains the structural unit represented by the formula (5) and/or the structural unit represented by the formula (6). . In addition, when the polyamideimide-based resin contains the structural unit (b2) as the structural unit (b), the resin may or may not contain the structural unit (b1). In addition, when the polyamideimide-based resin contains the structural unit (c2) as the structural unit (c), the resin may or may not contain the structural unit (c1).

此处,式(5)表示的结构单元及式(6)表示的结构单元由于包含表示-O-、二苯基亚甲基、碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的二价烃基、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-或-N(R12)-的二价连接基团V,因而为柔软性高的结构。聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂还包含上述这样的柔软性高的结构时,将会容易降低聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的分子间的相互作用。结果,容易提高包含聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的光学膜的弹性模量。另外,也容易提高聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂在清漆状态下的稳定性。Here, the structural unit represented by the formula (5) and the structural unit represented by the formula (6) include a linear, branched or The divalent linking group V of an alicyclic divalent hydrocarbon group, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 12 )-, has a highly flexible structure. When the polyamide-imide-based resin further includes the above-mentioned highly flexible structure, the intermolecular interaction of the polyamide-imide-based resin tends to be reduced. As a result, the elastic modulus of the optical film containing the polyamideimide-based resin is easily increased. In addition, the stability of the polyamideimide-based resin in the varnish state is also easily improved.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂具有式(b)中的Z由式(5)表示的来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b2)、式(c)中的X由式(5)表示的来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c2)、及/或式(a)中的Y由式(6)表示的来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a2)时,基于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的全部结构单元而言,结构单元(b2)、结构单元(c2)及结构单元(a2)的总量优选为1~25摩尔%,更优选为2~20摩尔%,进一步优选为3~15摩尔%。该总量为上述的范围内时,容易提高清漆的稳定性,容易提高光学膜的加工性及全光线透过率。需要说明的是,该方式中,所谓结构单元(b2)、结构单元(c2)及结构单元(a2)的总量,并非是指聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂具有这3种结构单元中的全部,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂具有选自由结构单元(b2)、结构单元(c2)及结构单元(a2)组成的组中的至少1种结构单元即可。The polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention has a structural unit (b2) derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound in which Z in formula (b) is represented by formula (5), and X in formula (c) is represented by formula (5) In the case of the structural unit (c2) derived from the diamine compound and/or the structural unit (a2) derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound represented by the formula (6) in which Y in the formula (a) is based on a polyamideimide-based resin The total amount of the structural unit (b2), the structural unit (c2) and the structural unit (a2) is preferably 1 to 25 mol %, more preferably 2 to 20 mol %, and still more preferably 3 mol ~15 mol%. When the total amount is within the above-mentioned range, the stability of the varnish is easily improved, and the processability and total light transmittance of the optical film are easily improved. In addition, in this aspect, the total amount of the structural unit (b2), the structural unit (c2), and the structural unit (a2) does not mean that the polyamideimide-based resin has all of these three types of structural units , the polyamideimide-based resin may have at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit (b2), the structural unit (c2), and the structural unit (a2).

另外,本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂具有结构单元(b2)、结构单元(c2)、及/或结构单元(a2)时,相对于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的、式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)1摩尔而言,结构单元(b2)、结构单元(c2)及结构单元(a2)的总摩尔量优选为0.01~1.0,更优选为0.02~0.50,进一步优选为0.05~0.20。该总摩尔量为上述的下限以上时,容易提高在清漆中的溶解性。另外,该总摩尔量为上述的上限以下时,容易提高弹性模量。需要说明的是,在该方式中也同样,上述的总摩尔量并非是指聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂具有这3种结构单元中的全部。In addition, when the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention has a structural unit (b2), a structural unit (c2), and/or a structural unit (a2), with respect to the formula ( Y in a) is 1 mole of the structural unit (a1) represented by the formula (1), and the total molar amount of the structural unit (b2), the structural unit (c2) and the structural unit (a2) is preferably 0.01 to 1.0, more Preferably it is 0.02-0.50, More preferably, it is 0.05-0.20. When this total molar amount is more than the said lower limit, it becomes easy to improve the solubility in a varnish. Moreover, when this total molar amount is below the said upper limit, it becomes easy to improve the elastic modulus. In addition, also in this form, the above-mentioned total molar amount does not mean that the polyamideimide-based resin has all of these three kinds of structural units.

式(5)及式(6)中的Ar1表示可以具有取代基的二价芳香族基团。二价芳香族基团为单环式芳香族环、稠合多环式芳香族环或环集合芳香族环的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团。二价芳香族基团可包含仅由碳原子形成环(单环、稠合多环或环集合)而成的芳香族环,也可包含含有碳原子以外的原子并形成环而成的芳香族杂环。作为碳原子以外的原子,可举出例如氮原子、硫原子及氧原子。形成芳香族环的碳原子及碳原子以外的原子的总数没有特别限制,优选为5~18,更优选为5~14,进一步优选为5~13,尤其优选为5~12。作为单环式芳香族环、稠合多环式芳香族环及环集合芳香族环的例子,可举出关于式(2)中的Z1而在上文中记载的例子。Ar 1 in formula (5) and formula (6) represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent. A divalent aromatic group is a group in which two hydrogen atoms of a monocyclic aromatic ring, a condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, or a ring-collected aromatic ring are replaced by chemical bonds. The divalent aromatic group may contain an aromatic ring formed by only carbon atoms forming a ring (single ring, fused polycyclic ring, or a collection of rings), or may contain an aromatic ring formed by containing atoms other than carbon atoms and forming a ring Heterocycle. As an atom other than a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and an oxygen atom are mentioned, for example. The total number of carbon atoms and atoms other than carbon atoms forming the aromatic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5-18, more preferably 5-14, still more preferably 5-13, and particularly preferably 5-12. Examples of the monocyclic aromatic ring, the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, and the ring-assembled aromatic ring include the examples described above regarding Z 1 in the formula (2).

从容易提高光学膜的弹性模量及全光线透过率的观点考虑,可以具有取代基的二价芳香族基团优选为芳香族烃环的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团,更优选为苯、联苯、三联苯或四联苯的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团,进一步优选为苯或联苯的2个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团。From the viewpoint of easily improving the elastic modulus and total light transmittance of the optical film, the divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent is preferably a group in which two hydrogen atoms of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring are replaced by chemical bonds, More preferably, it is a group in which two hydrogen atoms of benzene, biphenyl, terphenyl, or tetraphenyl are replaced by chemical bonds, and even more preferably, it is a group in which two hydrogen atoms of benzene or biphenyl are replaced by chemical bonds.

式(5)及式(6)中的Ar1表示的二价芳香族基团可以具有取代基。作为取代基,可举出例如(i)碳原子数为1~12的烷基、(ii)碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基、(iii)碳原子数为6~12的芳基、(iv)碳原子数为6~12的芳基氧基、(v)碳原子数为1~12的羰基、(vi)碳原子数为1~12的氧基羰基、或(vii)卤代基。需要说明的是,上述的取代基中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以进一步被卤素原子、碳原子数为1~4的烷基、碳原子数为1~4的烷氧基、羟基、或羧基取代。该二价芳香族基团可以具有至少1种上述(i)~(vii)的取代基、及/或上述(i)~(vii)的取代基中包含的氢原子相互独立地进一步被卤素原子、碳原子数为1~4的烷基、碳原子数为1~4的烷氧基、羟基、或羧基取代而成的基团,也可不具有取代基。从容易制造具有高弹性模量的光学膜的观点考虑,式(5)及式(6)中的Ar1表示的二价芳香族基团优选不具有取代基。The divalent aromatic group represented by Ar 1 in formula (5) and formula (6) may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include (i) an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, (ii) an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and (iii) an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. , (iv) aryloxy having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, (v) carbonyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, (vi) oxycarbonyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or (vii) halogen Daiki. It should be noted that the hydrogen atoms contained in the above-mentioned substituents may, independently of each other, be further replaced by a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, or a carboxyl group. replace. The divalent aromatic group may have at least one of the substituents (i) to (vii) above, and/or the hydrogen atoms contained in the substituents (i) to (vii), independently of each other, may be further replaced by halogen atoms. , A C1-C4 alkyl group, a C1-C4 alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, or a carboxyl group substituted group may not have a substituent. The divalent aromatic group represented by Ar 1 in formula (5) and formula (6) preferably does not have a substituent from the viewpoint of easy production of an optical film having a high elastic modulus.

作为(i)碳原子数为1~12的烷基、(ii)碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基及(iii)碳原子数为6~12的芳基及(iv)碳原子数为6~12的芳基氧基,可举出关于式(2)中的Z1表示的二价芳香族基团可以具有的取代基而在上文中例举的基团。(i) an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, (ii) an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, (iii) an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and (iv) a carbon number The aryloxy group of 6 to 12 includes the groups exemplified above about the substituent which the divalent aromatic group represented by Z 1 in the formula (2) may have.

(v)碳原子数为1~12的羰基为*-CO-Rd或*-Re-CO-Rd表示的基团。作为Rd,可举出关于(i)碳原子数为1~12的烷基而记载的基团,作为Re,可举出关于(i)碳原子数为1~12的烷基而记载的基团中的至少1个氢原子替换成化学键而成的、碳原子数为1~12的二价亚烷基。上述的碳原子数为1~12的羰基可以为至少1个氢原子相互独立地被卤素原子、碳原子数为1~4的烷基、碳原子数为1~4的烷氧基、羟基、或羧基取代而得到的基团。作为卤素原子,可举出上文中记载的原子。此处,碳原子数为1~12的羰基被包含碳原子的取代基取代时,碳原子数为1~12的羰基的碳原子数中不包含该取代基中所含的碳原子的数目。(v) The carbonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is a group represented by *-CO-R d or *-R e -CO-R d . Examples of R d include those described for (i) an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples of Re include those described for (i) an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. A divalent alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is replaced by a chemical bond. The above-mentioned carbonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms may be at least one hydrogen atom independently replaced by a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, or a group obtained by substitution of a carboxyl group. As a halogen atom, the atom described above is mentioned. Here, when the carbonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is substituted with a substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is not included in the number of carbon atoms of the carbonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.

(vi)碳原子数为1~12的氧基羰基为*-CO-O-Rd、*-Re-CO-O-Rd、*-O-CO-Rd、或-Re-O-CO-Rd表示的基团。作为Rd,可举出关于(i)碳原子数为1~12的烷基而记载的基团,作为Re,可举出关于(i)碳原子数为1~12的烷基而记载的基团中的至少1个氢原子替换成化学键而成的、碳原子数为1~12的二价亚烷基。上述的碳原子数为1~12的氧基羰基可以为至少1个氢原子相互独立地被卤素原子、碳原子数为1~4的烷基、碳原子数为1~4的烷氧基、羟基、或羧基取代而得到的基团。作为卤素原子,可举出上文中记载的原子。此处,碳原子数为1~12的氧基羰基被包含碳原子的取代基取代时,碳原子数为1~12的氧基羰基的碳原子数中不包含该取代基中所含的碳原子的数目。(vi) The oxycarbonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is *-CO-OR d , *-R e -CO-OR d , *-O-CO-R d , or -R e -O-CO- The group represented by R d . Examples of R d include those described for (i) an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples of Re include those described for (i) an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. A divalent alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is replaced by a chemical bond. The above-mentioned oxycarbonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms may be at least one hydrogen atom independently replaced by a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, A group obtained by substitution of a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. As a halogen atom, the atom described above is mentioned. Here, when the oxycarbonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is substituted with a substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms in the oxycarbonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms does not include the carbon contained in the substituent. the number of atoms.

作为(vii)卤代基,可举出氟基、氯基、溴基或碘基。As (vii) the halogenated group, a fluorine group, a chlorine group, a bromine group or an iodine group can be mentioned.

式(6)中的Ar2表示可以具有取代基的三价芳香族基团。三价芳香族基团为单环式芳香族环、稠合多环式芳香族环或环集合芳香族环中的3个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团。三价芳香族基团可包含仅由碳原子形成环(单环、稠合多环或环集合)而成的芳香族环,也可包含含有碳原子以外的原子并形成环而成的芳香族杂环。作为碳原子以外的原子,可举出例如氮原子、硫原子及氧原子。形成芳香族环的碳原子及碳原子以外的原子的总数没有特别限制,优选为5~18,更优选为5~14,进一步优选为5~13,尤其优选为5~12。作为三价芳香族基团中的单环式芳香族环、稠合多环式芳香族环或环集合芳香族环,可举出上述的关于Ar1而记载的例子。作为三价芳香族基团可以具有的取代基,可举出上述的关于Ar1而记载的取代基,关于Ar1而记载的优选的记载同样适用于Ar2Ar 2 in formula (6) represents a trivalent aromatic group which may have a substituent. A trivalent aromatic group is a group in which three hydrogen atoms in a monocyclic aromatic ring, a condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, or a ring-collected aromatic ring are replaced by chemical bonds. The trivalent aromatic group may contain an aromatic ring formed by only carbon atoms forming a ring (single ring, condensed polycyclic ring, or a collection of rings), or may contain an aromatic ring formed by containing atoms other than carbon atoms and forming a ring Heterocycle. As an atom other than a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and an oxygen atom are mentioned, for example. The total number of carbon atoms and atoms other than carbon atoms forming the aromatic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5-18, more preferably 5-14, still more preferably 5-13, and particularly preferably 5-12. Examples of the monocyclic aromatic ring, the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, or the ring-assembled aromatic ring in the trivalent aromatic group include the examples described above for Ar 1 . Examples of the substituent which the trivalent aromatic group may have include the substituents described above for Ar 1 , and the preferred descriptions for Ar 1 are also applicable to Ar 2 .

从容易提高光学膜的弹性模量及全光线透过率的观点考虑,可以具有取代基的三价芳香族基团优选为芳香族烃环的3个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团,更优选为苯、联苯、三联苯或四联苯的3个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团,进一步优选为苯或联苯的3个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团。From the viewpoint of easily improving the elastic modulus and total light transmittance of the optical film, the trivalent aromatic group which may have a substituent is preferably a group in which three hydrogen atoms of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring are replaced by chemical bonds, More preferably, it is a group in which three hydrogen atoms of benzene, biphenyl, terphenyl, or tetraphenyl are replaced by chemical bonds, and even more preferably, it is a group in which three hydrogen atoms of benzene or biphenyl are replaced by chemical bonds.

式(5)中的m为1以上时、以及/或者式(6)中的s为2时,存在有多个的Ar1相互可以相同也可以不同。另外,在式(6)中存在有多个的Ar2相互可以相同也可以不同。When m in the formula (5) is 1 or more, and/or when s in the formula (6) is 2, the Ar 1 that exists in plural may be the same or different from each other. In addition, Ar 2 which exists in plural in Formula (6) may be the same or different from each other.

式(5)中的m表示1~3的整数,从提高弹性模量、确保在清漆中的溶解性的观点考虑,优选为1或2,更优选为1。式(5)中的*表示化学键。m in formula (5) represents an integer of 1 to 3, and is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1, from the viewpoint of improving the elastic modulus and securing solubility in a varnish. * in formula (5) represents a chemical bond.

式(6)中的s表示0~2的整数,从确保在清漆中的溶解性、确保高透过率的观点考虑,优选为0或1,更优选为0。式(6)中的*表示化学键。s in Formula (6) represents an integer of 0 to 2, and is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0, from the viewpoint of securing solubility in a varnish and securing high transmittance. * in formula (6) represents a chemical bond.

式(5)及式(6)中的V表示-O-、二苯基亚甲基、碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的二价烃基、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-或-N(R12)-,此处,该烃基中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,R12表示氢原子、或可以被卤素原子取代的碳原子数为1~12的烷基。作为碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的烷基,可举出关于式(1)中的Ra的碳原子数为1~12的烷基而记载的基团。V in the formulas (5) and (6) represents -O-, a diphenylmethylene group, a linear, branched or alicyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, -SO 2- , -S-, -CO- or -N(R 12 )-, where the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group may be independently substituted by halogen atoms, and R 12 represents hydrogen atoms or may be substituted by halogen atoms An alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the linear, branched, or alicyclic alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include those described in relation to the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in R a in formula (1). group.

关于式(5)及式(6)中的V,作为碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的二价烃基,可举出碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的烷基的至少1个氢原子替换成化学键而成的基团。需要说明的是,作为所述的碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的烷基,可举出例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、正丁基、仲丁基、叔丁基、正戊基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基丙基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、叔辛基、正壬基、正癸基、环戊基、环己基等。碳原子数为1~12的二价烃基可以为直链状的亚烷基、支链状的亚烷基、或包含脂环式烃结构的脂环式的亚烷基。碳原子数为1~12的二价烃基的碳原子数优选为1~6,更优选为1~4,进一步优选为1~3。上述的碳原子数为1~12的二价烃基可以为至少1个氢原子相互独立地被卤素原子取代而得到的基团。作为卤素原子,可举出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。Regarding V in the formula (5) and the formula (6), as the linear, branched or alicyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, there may be mentioned one having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. A group obtained by replacing at least one hydrogen atom of a linear, branched or alicyclic alkyl group with a chemical bond. In addition, as said C1-C12 linear, branched or alicyclic alkyl group, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-ethylpropyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, tert-octyl base, n-nonyl, n-decyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc. The divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms may be a linear alkylene group, a branched alkylene group, or an alicyclic alkylene group including an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. The number of carbon atoms of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 4, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The above-mentioned divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms may be a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is independently substituted by a halogen atom. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned.

式(5)及式(6)中,Ar1、Ar2及/或V存在有多个时,它们分别相互可以相同也可以不同,从容易合成聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的观点考虑,优选的是,存在有多个的Ar1相互相同,存在有多个的Ar2相互相同,以及/或者,存在有多个的V相互相同。In formula (5) and formula (6), when there are a plurality of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and/or V, they may be the same or different from each other, but are preferred from the viewpoint of easy synthesis of polyamideimide-based resins. What is true is that there are multiple Ar 1s that are identical to each other, that there are multiple Ar 2 that are the same as each other, and/or that there are multiple V that are the same.

本发明的优选的一个方式中,式(5)及式(6)优选由式(7)表示。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the formula (5) and the formula (6) are preferably represented by the formula (7).

Figure BDA0002333991740000331
Figure BDA0002333991740000331

[式(7)中,R1相互独立地表示氢原子、碳原子数为1~12的烷基、碳原子数为1~12的烷氧基或碳原子数为6~12的芳基,[In formula (7), R 1 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms,

R1中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,The hydrogen atoms contained in R 1 independently of each other may be substituted by halogen atoms,

R*表示R1或化学键,R * means R1 or chemical bond,

*表示化学键,* denotes chemical bond,

V表示-O-、二苯基亚甲基、碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的二价烃基、-SO2-、-S-、-CO-或-N(R12)-,此处,该烃基中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,V represents -O-, diphenylmethylene, linear, branched or alicyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 12 )-, where the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group may be independently substituted by halogen atoms,

R12表示氢原子、或可以被卤素原子取代的碳原子数为1~12的烷基]R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom]

需要说明的是,式(5)由式(7)表示时,式(7)中的化学键成为2个,因此,R*表示R1。另外,式(6)由式(7)表示时,式(7)中的化学键成为4个,因此,R*表示化学键。另外,关于式(7)中的R1,同样适用关于式(5)中的Ar1及式(6)中的Ar2可以具有的取代基的记载,优选的记载也同样适用。另外,对于式(7)中的V而言,关于式(5)及式(6)中的V的记载也同样适用。In addition, when Formula (5) is represented by Formula (7), since the chemical bond in Formula (7) becomes two, R * represents R< 1 >. In addition, when Formula (6) is represented by Formula (7), since there are four chemical bonds in Formula (7), R * represents a chemical bond. In addition, about R 1 in formula (7), the description about the substituent which Ar 1 in formula (5) and Ar 2 in formula (6) may have is applied similarly, and the description about preferable is also applicable. In addition, about V in Formula (7), the description about V in Formula (5) and Formula (6) also applies similarly.

本发明的优选的一个方式中,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含式(c)中的X由式(5)或式(7)表示的结构单元(c2)作为来自二胺化合物的结构单元时,以及/或者,还包含式(a)中的Y由式(6)或式(7)表示的结构单元(a2)作为来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元时,从光学膜的弹性模量、全光线透过率、表面硬度及耐弯曲性的观点及清漆的稳定性的观点考虑,式(5)、式(6)及式(7)中的V优选表示-O-、二苯基亚甲基、碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的二价烃基、或者碳原子数为1~12的二价烃基中包含的氢原子被卤素原子取代而得到的基团,更优选表示碳原子数为1~12的二价烃基、或碳原子数为1~12的二价烃基中包含的氢原子被卤素原子取代而得到的基团。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, when the polyamideimide-based resin contains a structural unit (c2) represented by the formula (5) or the formula (7) in which X in the formula (c) is a structural unit derived from a diamine compound , and/or, when Y in formula (a) is further included as a structural unit (a2) represented by formula (6) or formula (7) as a structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound, from the elastic modulus of the optical film, From the viewpoint of total light transmittance, surface hardness, and bending resistance, and from the viewpoint of stability of the varnish, V in the formulae (5), (6) and (7) preferably represents -O-, diphenylene A methyl group, a linear, branched or alicyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a hydrogen atom contained in a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is substituted with a halogen atom. More preferably, it represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a group in which hydrogen atoms contained in a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms are substituted with halogen atoms.

该方式中,式(5)、式(6)及式(7)中的V进一步优选为碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的亚烷基的至少1个氢原子被卤素原子(优选氟原子)取代而成的基团(优选为碳原子数为1~12的氟亚烷基),进一步更优选为碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的亚烷基中的全部氢原子被卤素原子(优选氟原子)取代而成的基团(优选碳原子数为1~12的全氟亚烷基,尤其优选为双三氟甲基亚甲基)。In this embodiment, V in formula (5), formula (6) and formula (7) is more preferably at least 1 of a linear, branched or alicyclic alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. A group in which one hydrogen atom is substituted by a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) (preferably a fluoroalkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), more preferably a straight chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, A group in which all hydrogen atoms in a branched or alicyclic alkylene group are substituted with halogen atoms (preferably fluorine atoms) (preferably a perfluoroalkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a bis- trifluoromethylmethylene).

该方式中,式(7)优选由式(7’)或式(7”)表示。In this aspect, the formula (7) is preferably represented by the formula (7') or the formula (7").

Figure BDA0002333991740000341
Figure BDA0002333991740000341

[式(7’)中,R*表示氢原子或化学键,[In formula (7'), R * represents a hydrogen atom or a chemical bond,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

Figure BDA0002333991740000342
Figure BDA0002333991740000342

[式(7”)中,*表示化学键][In formula (7"), * represents a chemical bond]

聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂还包含式(a)中的Y由式(6)表示的结构单元(a2)作为来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元时,及包含式(c)中的X由式(5)表示的结构单元(c2)作为来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)时,优选式(5)由式(7)表示,更优选式(7)由式(7’)表示。另外,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含式(b)中的Z由式(5)表示的结构单元(b2)作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元时,优选式(5)由式(7)表示,更优选式(7)由式(7”)表示。When the polyamideimide-based resin further contains a structural unit (a2) represented by the formula (6) in the formula (a) as a structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound, and when the polyamideimide resin contains X in the formula (c) by the formula When the structural unit (c2) represented by (5) is the structural unit (c) derived from the diamine compound, the formula (5) is preferably represented by the formula (7), and the formula (7) is more preferably represented by the formula (7′). In addition, when the polyamideimide-based resin contains the structural unit (b2) represented by the formula (5) in which Z in the formula (b) is a structural unit derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound, it is preferable that the formula (5) is represented by the formula (7) represented, more preferably the formula (7) is represented by the formula (7").

本发明的优选的一个方式中,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂不仅具有上述的结构单元(a1)、结构单元(b)及结构单元(c),还至少具有式(a)中的Y由式(6)表示的来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a2)。这种情况下,基于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的全部结构单元而言,结构单元(a2)的量优选为1~25摩尔%,更优选为2~20摩尔%,进一步优选为3~15摩尔%。结构单元(a2)的量为上述的范围内时,容易提高清漆的稳定性,容易提高光学膜的加工性及全光线透过率。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyamideimide-based resin not only has the above-mentioned structural unit (a1), structural unit (b), and structural unit (c), but also has at least Y in formula (a) represented by the formula Structural unit (a2) derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound represented by (6). In this case, the amount of the structural unit (a2) is preferably 1 to 25 mol %, more preferably 2 to 20 mol %, and even more preferably 3 mol % based on all structural units contained in the polyamideimide-based resin. ~15 mol%. When the amount of the structural unit (a2) is within the above-mentioned range, the stability of the varnish is easily improved, and the workability and total light transmittance of the optical film are easily improved.

本发明的另一个优选方式中,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂不仅具有上述的结构单元(a1)及结构单元(b),还至少具有式(c)中的X由式(5)表示的结构单元(c2)作为来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)。需要说明的是,该方式中,在聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中存在的多个结构单元(c)中,至少一部分结构单元为结构单元(c2)即可。聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂至少具有上述的结构单元(a1)、结构单元(b)及结构单元(c2)时,基于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的全部结构单元而言,结构单元(c2)的量优选为1~25摩尔%,更优选为2~20摩尔%,进一步优选为3~15摩尔%。结构单元(c2)的量为上述的范围内时,容易提高清漆的稳定性,容易提高光学膜的加工性及全光线透过率。In another preferred aspect of the present invention, the polyamideimide-based resin has not only the above-mentioned structural unit (a1) and structural unit (b), but also at least a structure in which X in formula (c) is represented by formula (5). The unit (c2) is the structural unit (c) derived from the diamine compound. In addition, in this form, among the some structural unit (c) which exists in the polyamideimide-type resin, at least a part of structural units should just be a structural unit (c2). When the polyamideimide-based resin has at least the above-mentioned structural unit (a1), structural unit (b), and structural unit (c2), the structural unit ( The amount of c2) is preferably 1 to 25 mol %, more preferably 2 to 20 mol %, further preferably 3 to 15 mol %. When the amount of the structural unit (c2) is within the above-mentioned range, the stability of the varnish is easily improved, and the workability and total light transmittance of the optical film are easily improved.

本发明的优选的一个方式中,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含式(b)中的Z由式(5)或式(7)表示的结构单元(b2)作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元时,从光学膜的弹性模量、全光线透过率、表面硬度及耐弯曲性的观点及清漆的稳定性的观点考虑,式(5)及式(7)中的V优选表示-O-、二苯基亚甲基、碳原子数为1~12的直链状、支链状或脂环式的二价烃基、或者碳原子数为1~12的二价烃基中包含的氢原子被卤素原子取代而得到的基团,更优选表示-O-。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyamideimide-based resin includes, as a structural unit derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, a structural unit (b2) in which Z in the formula (b) is represented by the formula (5) or the formula (7). , V in the formulas (5) and (7) preferably represents -O- , a diphenylmethylene group, a linear, branched or alicyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a hydrogen atom contained in a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is The group obtained by substitution with a halogen atom more preferably represents -O-.

该方式中,式(5)优选由式(9)表示。In this aspect, the formula (5) is preferably represented by the formula (9).

Figure BDA0002333991740000361
Figure BDA0002333991740000361

[式(9)中,R4~R11相互独立地表示氢原子、碳原子数为1~6的烷基、碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基、或碳原子数为6~12的芳基,[In formula (9), R 4 to R 11 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. aryl,

R4~R11中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代,The hydrogen atoms contained in R 4 to R 11 may be independently substituted by halogen atoms,

m为1~4的整数,m is an integer from 1 to 4,

*表示化学键]*indicates chemical bond]

式(9)中的R4~R11相互独立地表示氢原子、碳原子数为1~6的烷基、碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基、或碳原子数为6~12的芳基,R4~R11中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代。作为碳原子数为1~6的烷基,可举出例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、正丁基、仲丁基、叔丁基、正戊基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基丙基、正己基等。作为碳原子数为1~6的烷氧基,可举出例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙基氧基、异丙基氧基、丁氧基、异丁氧基、叔丁氧基、戊基氧基、己基氧基、环己基氧基等。作为碳原子数为6~12的芳基,可举出例如苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基、萘基、联苯基等。从光学膜的表面硬度及柔软性的观点考虑,R4~R11相互独立地优选表示氢原子或碳原子数为1~6的烷基,更优选表示氢原子或碳原子数为1~3的烷基,进一步优选表示氢原子。此处,R4~R11中包含的氢原子相互独立地可以被卤素原子取代。作为前述卤素原子,可举出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等。R 4 to R 11 in the formula (9) independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. In the aryl group, the hydrogen atoms contained in R 4 to R 11 may be independently substituted with halogen atoms. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, and 2-methyl. Butyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-ethylpropyl, n-hexyl, etc. Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, isopropyloxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, Amyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy and the like. As a C6-C12 aryl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example. From the viewpoints of surface hardness and flexibility of the optical film, R 4 to R 11 each independently preferably represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably represent a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 3 The alkyl group further preferably represents a hydrogen atom. Here, hydrogen atoms included in R 4 to R 11 may be independently substituted with halogen atoms. As said halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned.

式(9)中的m为1~4的整数,m为上述范围内时,光学膜的耐弯曲性、弹性模量容易变得良好。另外,式(9)中的m优选为1~3的范围的整数,更优选为1~2,进一步优选为1。m为上述范围内时,容易提高光学膜的耐弯曲性、弹性模量。本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂具有式(b)中的Z由式(9)表示的结构单元作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)时,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂可具有式(b)中的Z由式(9)表示的1种或2种以上的结构单元。m in formula (9) is an integer of 1 to 4, and when m is within the above range, the bending resistance and elastic modulus of the optical film are likely to be favorable. Moreover, it is preferable that m in Formula (9) is an integer in the range of 1-3, More preferably, it is 1-2, More preferably, it is 1. When m is in the said range, it becomes easy to improve the bending resistance and elastic modulus of an optical film. When the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention has a structural unit in which Z in the formula (b) is represented by the formula (9) as the structural unit (b) derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound, the polyamideimide-based resin may have Z in formula (b) is one kind or two or more kinds of structural units represented by formula (9).

该方式中,式(9)优选由式(7”)表示。In this aspect, the formula (9) is preferably represented by the formula (7").

Figure BDA0002333991740000371
Figure BDA0002333991740000371

这种情况下,容易提高光学膜的表面硬度及耐弯曲性,容易降低黄色度。In this case, the surface hardness and bending resistance of the optical film are easily improved, and the yellowness is easily lowered.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂包含式(b)中的Z由式(5)、式(7)、式(9)或式(7”)表示的结构单元(b2)作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)的情况下,将聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中包含的全部结构单元的量作为100摩尔%时,结构单元(b2)的比例优选为1摩尔%以上,更优选为2摩尔%以上,进一步优选为3摩尔%以上,尤其优选为4摩尔%以上,优选为45摩尔%以下,更优选为35摩尔%以下,进一步优选为25摩尔%以下,尤其优选为15摩尔%以下。结构单元(b2)的比例为上述的下限以上时,容易提高光学膜的表面硬度及耐弯曲性。另外,该比例为上述的上限以下时,容易抑制含有树脂的清漆的粘度上升,容易提高膜的加工性。需要说明的是,这些结构单元的含量例如可使用1H-NMR进行测定,或者也可由原料的装料比算出。The polyamideimide resin of the present invention contains a structural unit (b2) in which Z in formula (b) is represented by formula (5), formula (7), formula (9) or formula (7") as a dicarboxylic acid derived from In the case of the structural unit (b) of the compound, the ratio of the structural unit (b2) is preferably 1 mol % or more, and more preferably 100 mol % of the total structural unit contained in the polyamideimide resin. 2 mol% or more, more preferably 3 mol% or more, particularly preferably 4 mol% or more, preferably 45 mol% or less, more preferably 35 mol% or less, still more preferably 25 mol% or less, particularly preferably 15 mol% Below. When the ratio of the structural unit (b2) is more than the above-mentioned lower limit, it is easy to improve the surface hardness and bending resistance of the optical film. In addition, when the ratio is below the above-mentioned upper limit, it is easy to suppress the viscosity of the resin-containing varnish from rising, and it is easy to The processability of the film is improved. In addition, the content of these structural units can be measured using 1 H-NMR, for example, or can be calculated from the charge ratio of the raw materials.

本发明的优选的一个实施方式中,本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂包含式(b)中的Z由式(5)、式(7)、式(9)或式(7”)表示的结构单元(b2)作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)时,优选结构单元(b)中的优选5摩尔%以上、更优选8摩尔%以上、进一步优选10摩尔%以上、尤其优选12摩尔%以上为结构单元(b2)。结构单元(b2)的量为上述的范围时,容易提高光学膜的表面硬度,并且容易提高耐弯曲性及弹性模量。另外,优选本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂所具有的来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)中的优选90摩尔%以下、更优选70摩尔%以下、进一步优选50摩尔%以下、尤其优选30摩尔%以下为结构单元(b2)。结构单元(b2)的量为上述的范围时,容易抑制含有树脂的清漆的粘度上升,容易提高膜的加工性。本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂包含上述的量的结构单元(b2)作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)时,优选具有上述的结构单元(b1)作为其他结构单元(b)。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyamideimide resin of the present invention contains Z in formula (b) represented by formula (5), formula (7), formula (9) or formula (7") When the structural unit (b2) is the structural unit (b) derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound, the structural unit (b) is preferably 5 mol % or more, more preferably 8 mol % or more, further preferably 10 mol % or more, and particularly preferably 12 mol % or more. Molar % or more is the structural unit (b2). When the amount of the structural unit (b2) is in the above-mentioned range, the surface hardness of the optical film is easily improved, and the bending resistance and elastic modulus are easily improved. In addition, the polyamide of the present invention is preferred Among the structural units (b) derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound contained in the imide-based resin, preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, still more preferably 50 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 30 mol% or less are structural units (b2).When the amount of the structural unit (b2) is in the above-mentioned range, it is easy to suppress the viscosity increase of the varnish containing the resin, and it is easy to improve the processability of the film. The polyamideimide resin of the present invention contains the structural unit of the above-mentioned amount. When (b2) is a structural unit (b) derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, it is preferable to have the above-mentioned structural unit (b1) as another structural unit (b).

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂不仅包含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1),还至少包含式(b)表示的结构单元(b)及式(c)表示的结构单元(c)。此处,从容易提高清漆的稳定性、容易提高得到的光学膜的全光线透过率、弹性模量、表面硬度及耐弯曲性的观点考虑,优选本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂不仅包含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1),还包含:The polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention includes not only the structural unit (a1) represented by the formula (1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented, but also at least the structural unit (b) and the formula (c) represented by the formula (b). ) represents the structural unit (c). Here, the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention is preferably not only Structural unit (a1) in which Y in formula (a) is represented by formula (1), and also includes:

(i)作为来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)的、式(c)中的X由式(5)表示的结构单元(c2),(i) a structural unit (c2) in which X in the formula (c) is represented by the formula (5) as the structural unit (c) derived from the diamine compound,

(ii)作为来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a)的、式(a)中的Y由式(6)表示的结构单元(a2),(ii) a structural unit (a2) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (6) as the structural unit (a) derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound,

(iii)作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)的、式(b)中的Z由式(5)表示的结构单元(b2),(iii) a structural unit (b2) in which Z in the formula (b) is represented by the formula (5) as the structural unit (b) derived from the dicarboxylic acid compound,

(iv)作为来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)的、式(c)中的X由式(3)表示的结构单元(c1),(iv) a structural unit (c1) in which X in the formula (c) is represented by the formula (3) as the structural unit (c) derived from the diamine compound,

以及/或者and/or

(v)作为来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)的、式(b)中的Z由式(2)表示的结构单元(b1)。(v) Structural unit (b1) in which Z in formula (b) is represented by formula (2) as structural unit (b) derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound.

从容易提高聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的清漆稳定性,容易提高得到的光学膜的全光线透过率、弹性模量、表面硬度及耐弯曲性的观点考虑,对于本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂而言,优选的是,除了式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)之外,还具有上述(iv)及(v),以及/或者,还具有上述(i)~(iii)中的至少1种;更优选的是,除了式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)之外,还具有上述(iv)及(v),并且,还具有上述(i)~(iii)中的至少1种。另外,本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂具有上述(i)~(iii)中的至少1种时,优选至少具有上述(i)。From the viewpoints that the varnish stability of the polyamideimide-based resin is easily improved, and the total light transmittance, elastic modulus, surface hardness, and bending resistance of the resulting optical film are easily improved, the polyamideimide of the present invention The amine-based resin preferably has the above-mentioned (iv) and (v) in addition to the structural unit (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1), and/or further has At least one of the above (i) to (iii); more preferably, in addition to the structural unit (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1), the above (iv) and ( v) and at least one of (i) to (iii) above. Moreover, when the polyamideimide-type resin of this invention has at least 1 type of said (i)-(iii), it is preferable to have said (i) at least.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,结构单元(a)、结构单元(b)及结构单元(c)可形成包含上述的式(D)表示的酰亚胺键、及上述的式(E)表示的酰胺键的结构,但除了(D)及(E)表示的结构之外,例如,结构单元(a)及结构单元(c)也可形成式(30)表示的结构而被包含,与结构单元(a)~(c)不同的结构单元(d)和结构单元(c)也可形成式(31)表示的结构单元而被包含。In the polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention, the structural unit (a), the structural unit (b), and the structural unit (c) may form an imide bond represented by the above-mentioned formula (D) and the above-mentioned formula ( The structure of the amide bond represented by E), in addition to the structures represented by (D) and (E), for example, the structural unit (a) and the structural unit (c) may be included in the structure represented by the formula (30). , the structural unit (d) and the structural unit (c) different from the structural units (a) to (c) may form the structural unit represented by the formula (31) and be included.

Figure BDA0002333991740000391
Figure BDA0002333991740000391

式(30)中,Y1为四价有机基团,优选为有机基团中的氢原子可以被烃基或经氟取代的烃基取代的四价有机基团。Y1例如可以为式(1)表示的结构单元。本发明的一个实施方式中,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂可包含多种Y1,多种Y1相互可以相同也可以不同。In formula (30), Y 1 is a tetravalent organic group, preferably a tetravalent organic group in which a hydrogen atom in the organic group may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. Y 1 may be, for example, a structural unit represented by formula (1). In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyamideimide-based resin may contain multiple types of Y 1 , and multiple types of Y 1 may be the same or different from each other.

式(31)中,Y2为三价有机基团,优选为有机基团中的氢原子可以被烃基或经氟取代的烃基取代的三价有机基团。本发明的一个实施方式中,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂可包含多种Y2,多种Y2相互可以相同也可以不同。In formula (31), Y 2 is a trivalent organic group, preferably a trivalent organic group in which a hydrogen atom in the organic group may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyamideimide-based resin may contain multiple types of Y 2 , and multiple types of Y 2 may be the same or different from each other.

式(30)及式(31)中,X2及X3相互独立地为二价有机基团,优选为有机基团中的氢原子可以被烃基或经氟取代的烃基取代的有机基团。作为X2及X3,可例举作为式(c)中的X而记载的基团、作为式(2)中的X’而记载的基团。In formula (30) and formula (31), X 2 and X 3 are independently a divalent organic group, preferably an organic group in which a hydrogen atom in the organic group may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. As X 2 and X 3 , the group described as X in the formula (c) and the group described as X′ in the formula (2) may, for example, be mentioned.

本发明的一个实施方式中,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含由来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元(a)及来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)构成的式(D)表示的结构单元、由来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元(b)及来自二胺化合物的结构单元(c)构成的式(E)表示的结构单元、以及根据情况的式(30)表示的结构单元、及/或式(31)表示的结构单元。从容易提高光学膜的弹性模量、全光线透过率、光学特性、表面硬度的观点考虑,上述聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,基于式(D)及式(E)、以及根据情况的式(30)及式(31)表示的结构单元的合计,式(D)及式(E)表示的结构单元优选为80摩尔%以上,更优选为90摩尔%以上,进一步优选为95摩尔%以上。需要说明的是,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中,基于式(D)及式(E)、以及根据情况的式(30)及/或式(31)表示的结构单元的合计,式(D)及式(E)表示的结构单元通常为100%以下。需要说明的是,上述比例例如可使用1H-NMR进行测定,或者也可由原料的装料比算出。In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyamideimide-based resin includes a structural unit represented by formula (D) composed of a structural unit (a) derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound and a structural unit (c) derived from a diamine compound, A structural unit represented by the formula (E) composed of a structural unit (b) derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound and a structural unit (c) derived from a diamine compound, and a structural unit represented by the formula (30) in some cases, and/or A structural unit represented by formula (31). From the viewpoint of easily improving the elastic modulus, total light transmittance, optical properties, and surface hardness of the optical film, among the above-mentioned polyamideimide-based resins, those based on formula (D) and formula (E), and depending on the case The total of the structural units represented by the formula (30) and the formula (31), the structural units represented by the formula (D) and the formula (E) is preferably 80 mol % or more, more preferably 90 mol % or more, and still more preferably 95 mol % above. In addition, in the polyamideimide-based resin, based on the total of the structural units represented by the formula (D) and the formula (E), and the formula (30) and/or the formula (31) in some cases, the formula (D) ) and the structural units represented by the formula (E) are usually 100% or less. In addition, the said ratio can be measured using 1 H-NMR, for example, or it can also be calculated from the charging ratio of a raw material.

本发明的一个实施方式中,相对于光学膜100质量份而言,光学膜中的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的含量优选为10质量份以上,更优选为30质量份以上,进一步优选为50质量份以上,优选为99.5质量份以下,更优选为95质量份以下。聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的含量为上述范围内时,容易提高光学膜的光学特性、弹性模量及全光线透过率。In one embodiment of the present invention, the content of the polyamideimide-based resin in the optical film is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the optical film. Parts by mass or more, preferably 99.5 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 95 parts by mass or less. When the content of the polyamideimide-based resin is within the above range, the optical properties, elastic modulus, and total light transmittance of the optical film are easily improved.

从容易防止光学膜的褶皱、损伤等的观点考虑,本发明的光学膜的弹性模量优选为5.2GPa以上,更优选为5.5GPa以上,进一步优选为5.8GPa以上,进一步更优选为6.0GPa以上,尤其优选为6.2GPa以上,尤其更优选为6.4GPa以上,通常为100GPa以下。需要说明的是,对于弹性模量而言,可以使用拉伸试验机,例如在夹头间距离为50mm、拉伸速度为10mm/分钟的条件下进行测定,例如可利用实施例中记载的方法进行测定。The elastic modulus of the optical film of the present invention is preferably 5.2 GPa or more, more preferably 5.5 GPa or more, still more preferably 5.8 GPa or more, and still more preferably 6.0 GPa or more, from the viewpoint of easily preventing wrinkles, damage, etc. of the optical film. , especially preferably 6.2GPa or more, especially more preferably 6.4GPa or more, and usually 100GPa or less. It should be noted that the elastic modulus can be measured using a tensile tester, for example, the distance between the chucks is 50 mm and the tensile speed is 10 mm/min. For example, the method described in the examples can be used. to measure.

本发明的光学膜的全光线透过率优选为80%以上,更优选为85%以上,进一步优选为88%以上,进一步更优选为89%以上,尤其优选为90%以上,通常为100%以下。全光线透过率为上述的下限以上时,将光学膜尤其是作为前面板组装至显示装置时,容易提高视觉辨认性。本发明的光学膜通常显示高全光线透过率,因此,例如,与使用了透过率低的膜的情况相比,可抑制为了得到一定的亮度而需要的显示元件等的发光强度。因此,能削减电力消耗。例如,在将本发明的光学膜组装至显示装置的情况下,存在即使减少背光源的光量也能得到明亮的显示的倾向,能对能源节约作出贡献。需要说明的是,全光线透过率例如可按照JIS K 7361-1:1997、使用雾度计算机进行测定。全光线透过率可以为后述的光学膜的厚度的范围内的全光线透过率。需要说明的是,本说明书中,光学膜的光学特性优异是指全光线透过率高。The total light transmittance of the optical film of the present invention is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 85% or more, still more preferably 88% or more, still more preferably 89% or more, particularly preferably 90% or more, usually 100% the following. When the total light transmittance is equal to or more than the above-mentioned lower limit, when the optical film is incorporated in a display device as a front panel in particular, it is easy to improve the visibility. The optical film of the present invention generally exhibits high total light transmittance, and therefore can suppress the luminous intensity of a display element or the like, which is required to obtain a constant brightness, compared to the case of using a film with a low transmittance, for example. Therefore, power consumption can be reduced. For example, when the optical film of the present invention is incorporated into a display device, a bright display tends to be obtained even if the light quantity of the backlight is reduced, and it can contribute to energy saving. In addition, the total light transmittance can be measured using a haze computer according to JIS K 7361-1:1997, for example. The total light transmittance may be the total light transmittance within the range of the thickness of the optical film to be described later. In addition, in this specification, the excellent optical characteristic of an optical film means that the total light transmittance is high.

本发明的光学膜的雾度优选为5%以下,更优选为4%以下,进一步优选为3%以下,进一步更优选为2.5%以下,进一步更优选为2%以下,尤其优选为1%以下,尤其更优选为0.5%以下,通常为0.01%以上。光学膜的雾度为上述的上限以下时,在将光学膜尤其是作为前面板组装至显示装置时,容易提高视觉辨认性。需要说明的是,雾度可按照JIS K7136:2000、使用雾度计算机进行测定。The haze of the optical film of the present invention is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 4% or less, still more preferably 3% or less, still more preferably 2.5% or less, still more preferably 2% or less, and particularly preferably 1% or less , especially more preferably 0.5% or less, usually 0.01% or more. When the haze of an optical film is below the said upper limit, it becomes easy to improve visibility when an optical film is incorporated in a display apparatus especially as a front panel. In addition, haze can be measured using a haze computer according to JIS K7136:2000.

本发明的光学膜的黄色度(以下,有时简称为YI值)优选为3.5以下,更优选为3.0以下,进一步优选为2.5以下,通常为-5以上,优选为-2以上。光学膜的黄色度为上述的上限以下时,透明性变得良好,在应用于显示装置的前面板时,能有助于高的视觉辨认性。需要说明的是,对于YI值而言,可使用紫外可见近红外分光光度计,对相对于300~800nm的光的透过率进行测定,求出三刺激值(X、Y、Z),基于YI=100×(1.2769X-1.0592Z)/Y的式子算出。The yellowness of the optical film of the present invention (hereinafter, abbreviated as YI value in some cases) is preferably 3.5 or less, more preferably 3.0 or less, still more preferably 2.5 or less, usually -5 or more, preferably -2 or more. When the yellowness of an optical film is below the said upper limit, transparency becomes favorable, and when it applies to the front panel of a display apparatus, it can contribute to high visibility. It should be noted that, for the YI value, the transmittance with respect to light of 300 to 800 nm can be measured using an ultraviolet-visible-near-infrared spectrophotometer, and the tristimulus values (X, Y, Z) can be obtained, based on It is calculated by the formula of YI=100×(1.2769X-1.0592Z)/Y.

本发明的光学膜的厚度优选为10μm以上,更优选为20μm以上,进一步优选为25μm以上,尤其优选为30μm以上,优选为200μm以下,更优选为100μm以下,进一步更优选为80μm以下,尤其优选为60μm以下,可以是这些上限和下限的组合。光学膜的厚度为上述的范围内时,容易进一步提高光学膜的弹性模量。需要说明的是,光学膜的厚度可使用测微计进行测定,例如可利用实施例中记载的方法进行测定。The thickness of the optical film of the present invention is preferably 10 μm or more, more preferably 20 μm or more, further preferably 25 μm or more, particularly preferably 30 μm or more, preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 100 μm or less, still more preferably 80 μm or less, particularly preferably It is 60 micrometers or less, and the combination of these upper and lower limits may be sufficient. When the thickness of an optical film is in the said range, it becomes easy to further improve the elastic modulus of an optical film. In addition, the thickness of an optical film can be measured using a micrometer, for example, it can be measured by the method described in an Example.

本发明的光学膜的至少一个面的铅笔硬度优选为HB以上,更优选为F以上。光学膜的至少一个面的铅笔硬度为上述的硬度以上时,容易防止光学膜的该表面处的损伤等。需要说明的是,铅笔硬度可按照JIS K 5600-5-4:1999进行测定。The pencil hardness of at least one surface of the optical film of this invention becomes like this. Preferably it is HB or more, More preferably, it is F or more. When the pencil hardness of at least one surface of an optical film is the said hardness or more, it becomes easy to prevent the damage etc. in the said surface of an optical film. In addition, pencil hardness can be measured according to JISK5600-5-4:1999.

聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的酰亚胺化率优选为90%以上,更优选为93%以上,进一步优选为96%以上,通常为100%以下。从容易提高光学膜的光学特性的观点考虑,酰亚胺化率优选为上述的下限以上。酰亚胺化率表示相对于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中的来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元的摩尔量的2倍的值而言的、聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中的酰亚胺键的摩尔量的比例。需要说明的是,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含三羧酸化合物时,表示相对于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中的来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元的摩尔量的2倍的值与来自三羧酸化合物的结构单元的摩尔量的合计而言的、聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中的酰亚胺键的摩尔量的比例。另外,酰亚胺化率可利用IR法、NMR法等求出。The imidization rate of the polyamideimide-based resin is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 93% or more, still more preferably 96% or more, and usually 100% or less. From the viewpoint of easily improving the optical properties of the optical film, the imidization ratio is preferably equal to or more than the above-mentioned lower limit. The imidization ratio represents the imide bond in the polyamide-imide-based resin with respect to the value twice the molar amount of the structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound in the polyamide-imide-based resin molar ratio. In addition, when the polyamide-imide-based resin contains a tricarboxylic acid compound, it represents the value twice the molar amount of the structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound in the polyamide-imide-based resin and the value derived from the tricarboxylic acid compound. The ratio of the molar amount of the imide bond in the polyamideimide-based resin in terms of the total molar amount of the structural units of the carboxylic acid compound. In addition, the imidization rate can be calculated|required by IR method, NMR method, etc..

关于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂中的卤素原子的含量,以聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的质量为基准计,优选为1~40质量%,更优选为5~40质量%,进一步优选为5~30质量%。卤素原子的含量为上述的下限以上时,容易进一步提高光学膜的弹性模量、表面硬度、透明性及视觉辨认性。卤素原子的含量为上述的上限以下时,树脂的合成变得容易。The content of the halogen atom in the polyamideimide-based resin is preferably 1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 40% by mass, and even more preferably 5% by mass based on the mass of the polyamideimide-based resin. ~30 mass %. When content of a halogen atom is more than the said minimum, it becomes easy to further improve the elastic modulus, surface hardness, transparency, and visibility of an optical film. The synthesis|combination of resin becomes easy that content of a halogen atom is below the said upper limit.

<树脂的制造方法><Production method of resin>

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂可将四羧酸化合物、二羧酸化合物及二胺化合物作为主要原料来制造。此处,本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂包含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)作为来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元,因此,作为原料,至少使用包含式(1)表示的结构的四羧酸化合物。The polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention can be produced using a tetracarboxylic acid compound, a dicarboxylic acid compound, and a diamine compound as main raw materials. Here, the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention contains the structural unit (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1) as a structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound, and therefore, as a raw material, at least A tetracarboxylic acid compound containing the structure represented by formula (1).

作为树脂的制造中可使用的四羧酸化合物,可举出提供式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)的那样的四羧酸化合物、例如芳香族四羧酸二酐等芳香族四羧酸化合物。四羧酸化合物可以单独使用,也可组合2种以上而使用。对于四羧酸化合物而言,除了二酐之外,也可以为酰氯化合物等四羧酸化合物类似物。可举出例如上述的式(8)表示的化合物。As a tetracarboxylic acid compound which can be used for manufacture of resin, the tetracarboxylic compound which provides the structural unit (a1) in which Y in formula (a) is represented by formula (1), for example, aromatic tetracarboxylic acid is mentioned. Aromatic tetracarboxylic acid compounds such as dianhydrides. The tetracarboxylic acid compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. A tetracarboxylic-acid compound analog, such as an acid chloride compound, may be sufficient as a tetracarboxylic-acid compound other than a dianhydride. For example, the compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (8) is mentioned.

作为树脂的制造中可使用的四羧酸化合物,可举出上述的式(8)表示的化合物(四羧酸二酐)、例如3,3’,4,4’-联苯四甲酸二酐(BPDA)。As a tetracarboxylic acid compound which can be used for the manufacture of resin, the compound (tetracarboxylic dianhydride) represented by the above-mentioned formula (8), for example, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride can be mentioned (BPDA).

另外,作为树脂的制造中可使用的其他四羧酸化合物,可举出4,4’-氧双邻苯二甲酸酐(4,4’-oxydiphthalic dianhydride)、2,2’,3,3’-二苯甲酮四甲酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-联苯四甲酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基砜四甲酸二酐、2,2-双(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-双(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-双(3,4-二羧基苯氧基苯基)丙烷二酐、4,4’-(六氟异丙叉)双邻苯二甲酸酐(4,4’-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic dianhydride,有时记载为6FDA)、1,2-双(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-双(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2-双(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-双(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、双(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、双(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、4,4’-(对苯二氧基)双邻苯二甲酸酐、4,4’-(间苯二氧基)双邻苯二甲酸酐。另外,作为单环式的芳香族四羧酸二酐,可举出例如1,2,4,5-苯四甲酸二酐(均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)),作为稠合多环式的芳香族四羧酸二酐,可举出例如2,3,6,7-萘四甲酸二酐。Moreover, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride), 2,2',3,3' is mentioned as another tetracarboxylic acid compound which can be used for manufacture of resin - Benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2- Bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxybenzene base) propane dianhydride, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic dianhydride (4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic dianhydride, sometimes described as 6FDA), 1,2-bis(2, 3-Dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride, 1,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedi Anhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)methanedi anhydride, 4,4'-(terephenylenedioxy)diphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-(isophenylenedioxy)diphthalic anhydride. Moreover, as monocyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, for example, 1,2,4,5-mellitic dianhydride (pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA)) is mentioned, as condensed polycyclic dianhydride As the aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, for example, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride can be mentioned.

这些中,作为四羧酸化合物,优选可举出4,4’-氧双邻苯二甲酸酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四甲酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯甲酮四甲酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-联苯四甲酸二酐(BPDA)、1,2,4,5-苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、2,2’,3,3’-联苯四甲酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基砜四甲酸二酐、2,2-双(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-双(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-双(3,4-二羧基苯氧基苯基)丙烷二酐、1,2-双(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-双(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2-双(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-双(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、双(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、双(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、4,4’-(对苯二氧基)双邻苯二甲酸酐及4,4’-(间苯二氧基)双邻苯二甲酸酐,更优选可举出4,4’-氧双邻苯二甲酸酐、3,3’,4,4’-联苯四甲酸二酐(BPDA)、2,2’,3,3’-联苯四甲酸二酐、双(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、4,4’-(对苯二氧基)双邻苯二甲酸酐及1,2,4,5-苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)。它们可以单独使用或组合2种以上而使用。Among these, as the tetracarboxylic acid compound, 4,4'-oxybisphthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA), 1,2,4,5-mellitic dianhydride (PMDA) , 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxybenzene base) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 1,2 -Bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride, 1,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxybenzene base) ethanedianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, bis(2,3-dicarboxylate) Phenyl)methane dianhydride, 4,4'-(terephenylenedioxy)bisphthalic anhydride, and 4,4'-(isophenylenedioxy)bisphthalic anhydride, and more preferable examples include 4,4'-oxybisphthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA), 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, Bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, 4,4'-(terephenylenedioxy)bisphthalic anhydride and 1,2,4,5-mellitic dianhydride (PMDA) . These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

从光学膜的弹性模量、全光线透过率、表面硬度及耐弯曲性的观点考虑,作为树脂的制造中可使用的四羧酸化合物,优选使用3,3’,4,4’-联苯四甲酸二酐(BPDA),还优选使用3,3’,4,4’-联苯四甲酸二酐(BPDA)、和4,4’-(六氟异丙叉)双邻苯二甲酸酐(6FDA)。From the viewpoints of the elastic modulus, total light transmittance, surface hardness, and bending resistance of the optical film, as the tetracarboxylic acid compound that can be used in the production of the resin, a 3,3',4,4'-linked compound is preferably used. pyromellitic dianhydride (BPDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA), and 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic acid are also preferably used Anhydride (6FDA).

作为聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的制造中可使用的二羧酸化合物,可举出芳香族二羧酸、脂肪族二羧酸及它们的类似的酰氯化合物、酸酐等,也可组合使用这些二羧酸化合物中的2种以上。作为二羧酸化合物,优选可使用对苯二甲酸、间苯二甲酸、4,4’-氧双苯甲酸或它们的酰氯化合物。可以除了对苯二甲酸、4,4’-氧双苯甲酸或它们的酰氯化合物之外,还使用其他二羧酸化合物。作为其他二羧酸化合物,作为具体例,可举出:间苯二甲酸;萘二甲酸;4,4’-联苯二甲酸;3,3’-联苯二甲酸;用单键、-CH2-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-SO2-或亚苯基将碳原子数为8以下的链式烃的二羧酸化合物及2个苯甲酸连接而成的化合物以及它们的酰氯化合物。作为具体例,优选4,4’-氧基双(苯甲酰氯)(4,4’-oxybis(benzoylchloride))、对苯二甲酰氯,更优选将4,4’-氧基双(苯甲酰氯)和对苯二甲酰氯组合使用。As dicarboxylic acid compounds that can be used in the production of polyamideimide-based resins, aromatic dicarboxylic acids, aliphatic dicarboxylic acids, and their analogous acid chloride compounds, acid anhydrides, etc. may be mentioned, and these dicarboxylic acids may be used in combination. Two or more kinds of carboxylic acid compounds. As the dicarboxylic acid compound, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 4,4'-oxybisbenzoic acid, or acid chloride compounds thereof can be preferably used. In addition to terephthalic acid, 4,4'-oxydibenzoic acid or their acid chloride compounds, other dicarboxylic acid compounds may be used. Specific examples of other dicarboxylic acid compounds include isophthalic acid; naphthalenedicarboxylic acid; 4,4'-biphenyl dicarboxylic acid; 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 - or phenylene, a dicarboxylic acid compound of a chain hydrocarbon having 8 or less carbon atoms, and two benzoic acids Linked compounds and their acid chlorides. As a specific example, 4,4'-oxybis(benzoyl chloride) (4,4'-oxybis(benzoylchloride)) and terephthaloyl chloride are preferable, and 4,4'-oxybis(benzoyl chloride) is more preferable. acid chloride) and terephthaloyl chloride in combination.

作为本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的制造中可使用的二胺化合物,可举出例如芳香族二胺。需要说明的是,本实施方式中,所谓“芳香族二胺”,表示氨基直接键合于芳香环而成的二胺,其结构的一部分中可包含脂肪族基团或其他取代基。该芳香环可以为单环也可以为稠环,可例举苯环、萘环、蒽环及芴环等,优选可例举苯环,但不限于这些。As a diamine compound which can be used for manufacture of the polyamideimide-type resin of this invention, an aromatic diamine is mentioned, for example. In addition, in this embodiment, "aromatic diamine" means the diamine in which an amino group couple|bonded directly to an aromatic ring, and a part of the structure may contain an aliphatic group or another substituent. The aromatic ring may be a single ring or a condensed ring, and examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a fluorene ring, and preferably a benzene ring, but are not limited to these.

作为芳香族二胺,可举出例如对苯二胺、间苯二胺、2,4-甲苯二胺、间苯二甲胺、对苯二甲胺、1,5-二氨基萘、2,6-二氨基萘等具有1个芳香环的芳香族二胺、4,4’-二氨基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二氨基二苯基丙烷、4,4’-二氨基二苯基醚、3,4’-二氨基二苯基醚、3,3’-二氨基二苯基醚、4,4’-二氨基二苯基砜、3,4’-二氨基二苯基砜、3,3’-二氨基二苯基砜、1,4-双(4-氨基苯氧基)苯、1,3-双(4-氨基苯氧基)苯、双〔4-(4-氨基苯氧基)苯基〕砜、双〔4-(3-氨基苯氧基)苯基〕砜、2,2-双[4-(4-氨基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-双[4-(3-氨基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2’-二甲基联苯胺、2,2’-双(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二氨基联苯(有时记载为TFMB)、4,4’-双(4-氨基苯氧基)联苯、9,9-双(4-氨基苯基)芴、9,9-双(4-氨基-3-甲基苯基)芴、9,9-双(4-氨基-3-氯苯基)芴、9,9-双(4-氨基-3-氟苯基)芴等具有2个以上芳香环的芳香族二胺。它们可以单独使用或组合2种以上而使用。Examples of the aromatic diamine include p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-toluenediamine, m-xylylenediamine, p-xylylenediamine, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,5-diaminonaphthalene, Aromatic diamines having one aromatic ring such as 6-diaminonaphthalene, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl base ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone , 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, bis[4-(4- Aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2, 2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diamino Biphenyl (sometimes described as TFMB), 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene, 9,9-bis(4-amino- 3-methylphenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis(4-amino-3-chlorophenyl)fluorene, 9,9-bis(4-amino-3-fluorophenyl)fluorene, etc. have two or more aromatic groups Cyclic aromatic diamines. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

芳香族二胺优选为4,4’-二氨基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二氨基二苯基丙烷、4,4’-二氨基二苯基醚、3,3’-二氨基二苯基醚、4,4’-二氨基二苯基砜、3,3’-二氨基二苯基砜、1,4-双(4-氨基苯氧基)苯、双〔4-(4-氨基苯氧基)苯基〕砜、双〔4-(3-氨基苯氧基)苯基〕砜、2,2-双[4-(4-氨基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-双[4-(3-氨基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2’-二甲基联苯胺、2,2’-双(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二氨基联苯(TFMB)、4,4’-双(4-氨基苯氧基)联苯、4,4’-(六氟丙叉)二苯胺(6FDAM),更优选为4,4’-二氨基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二氨基二苯基丙烷、4,4’-二氨基二苯基醚、4,4’-二氨基二苯基砜、1,4-双(4-氨基苯氧基)苯、双〔4-(4-氨基苯氧基)苯基〕砜、2,2-双[4-(4-氨基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2’-二甲基联苯胺、2,2’-双(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二氨基联苯(TFMB)、4,4’-双(4-氨基苯氧基)联苯、4,4’-(六氟丙叉)二苯胺(6FDAM)。它们可以单独使用或组合2种以上而使用。The aromatic diamine is preferably 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl Phenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, bis[4-(4- Aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2, 2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diamino Biphenyl (TFMB), 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-(hexafluoropropylidene)diphenylamine (6FDAM), more preferably 4,4'-diamino Diphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,4-bis(4-amino phenoxy)benzene, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-bis Methylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (TFMB), 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 4, 4'-(hexafluoropropylidene)diphenylamine (6FDAM). These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

作为本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的制造中可使用的二胺化合物,除了芳香族二胺之外,可以还使用脂肪族二胺。需要说明的是,所谓“脂肪族二胺”,表示氨基直接键合于脂肪族基团而成的二胺,在其结构的一部分中可包含芳香环、其他取代基。作为脂肪族二胺,可举出例如1,6-己二胺等非环式脂肪族二胺、以及1,3-双(氨基甲基)环己烷、1,4-双(氨基甲基)环己烷、降冰片烷二胺及4,4’-二氨基二环己基甲烷等环式脂肪族二胺等。As a diamine compound which can be used for manufacture of the polyamideimide-type resin of this invention, an aliphatic diamine can be used in addition to an aromatic diamine. In addition, the "aliphatic diamine" means the diamine in which an amino group couple|bonded directly with an aliphatic group, and an aromatic ring and another substituent may be contained in a part of the structure. Examples of aliphatic diamines include acyclic aliphatic diamines such as 1,6-hexanediamine, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,4-bis(aminomethyl) ) Cycloaliphatic diamines such as cyclohexane, norbornanediamine, and 4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, etc.

上述二胺化合物中,从容易提高光学膜的表面硬度、全光线透过率、弹性模量、柔软性、弯曲耐性、容易得到低着色性的观点考虑,优选使用选自由具有联苯结构的芳香族二胺组成的组中的1种以上。更优选使用选自由2,2’-二甲基联苯胺、2,2’-双(三氟甲基)联苯胺、4,4’-双(4-氨基苯氧基)联苯及4,4’-二氨基二苯基醚、4,4’-(六氟丙叉)二苯胺组成的组中的1种以上,进一步优选使用2,2’-双(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二氨基联苯(TFMB)及/或4,4’-(六氟丙叉)二苯胺(6FDAM)。Among the above-mentioned diamine compounds, it is preferable to use an aromatic compound selected from the group consisting of aromatic compounds having a biphenyl structure from the viewpoint of easily improving the surface hardness, total light transmittance, elastic modulus, flexibility, bending resistance, and low colorability of the optical film. 1 or more kinds in the group which consists of group diamines. More preferably, it is selected from 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl and 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl. 1 or more selected from the group consisting of 4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 4,4'-(hexafluoropropylidene)diphenylamine, more preferably 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4, 4'-diaminobiphenyl (TFMB) and/or 4,4'-(hexafluoropropylidene)diphenylamine (6FDAM).

需要说明的是,上述聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂可以是在不损害光学层叠体的各种物性的范围内,除了上述四羧酸化合物之外进一步使四羧酸及三羧酸以及它们的酐及衍生物进行反应而得到的产物。In addition, the above-mentioned polyamide-imide-based resin may be a range that does not impair various physical properties of the optical laminate, in addition to the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic acid compound, tetracarboxylic acid, tricarboxylic acid, and their anhydrides may be made products obtained by reacting with derivatives.

作为其他四羧酸,可举出上述四羧酸化合物的酐的水加成物。As another tetracarboxylic acid, the water adduct of the anhydride of the said tetracarboxylic acid compound is mentioned.

作为三羧酸化合物,可举出芳香族三羧酸、脂肪族三羧酸及它们的类似的酰氯化合物、酸酐等,也可组合2种以上而使用。作为具体例,可举出1,3,5-苯三甲酸或其酰氯化合物、1,2,4-苯三甲酸的酐;2,3,6-萘三甲酸-2,3-酐;用单键、-O-、-CH2-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-SO2-或亚苯基将邻苯二甲酸酐和苯甲酸连接而成的化合物。As a tricarboxylic acid compound, an aromatic tricarboxylic acid, an aliphatic tricarboxylic acid, these similar acid chloride compounds, acid anhydrides, etc. are mentioned, You may use it in combination of 2 or more types. Specific examples include 1,3,5-benzenetricarboxylic acid or its acid chloride compound, anhydride of 1,2,4-benzenetricarboxylic acid; 2,3,6-naphthalene-2,3-anhydride; A single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 - or phenylene, connects phthalic anhydride and benzoic acid compound of.

树脂的制造中,二胺化合物、四羧酸化合物及/或二羧酸化合物的使用量可根据所期望的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的各结构单元的比率适当选择。In the manufacture of resin, the usage-amount of a diamine compound, a tetracarboxylic acid compound, and/or a dicarboxylic acid compound can be suitably selected according to the ratio of each structural unit of a desired polyamideimide-type resin.

本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的制造方法没有特别限制,只要能得到上述的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂即可,从容易提高光学膜的弹性模量及全光线透过率的观点、及容易提高聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂在清漆状态下的稳定性的观点考虑,优选利用分次添加二羧酸化合物的、使二胺化合物、四羧酸化合物与二羧酸化合物反应的制造方法,来制造聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂;更优选利用下述方法来制造聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂,所述方法包括使二胺化合物与四羧酸化合物反应而生成中间体(A)的工序(I)、及使该中间体(A)与二羧酸化合物反应的工序(II),且在该工序(II)中,分次添加该二羧酸化合物。The method for producing the polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the above-mentioned polyamide-imide-based resin can be obtained. From the viewpoints of easily improving the elastic modulus and total light transmittance of the optical film, From the viewpoint of easily improving the stability of the polyamideimide-based resin in the varnish state, it is preferable to use a production method in which the dicarboxylic acid compound is added in portions and the diamine compound, the tetracarboxylic acid compound, and the dicarboxylic acid compound are reacted. , to produce a polyamide-imide-based resin; more preferably, a polyamide-imide-based resin is produced by a method including a step of reacting a diamine compound and a tetracarboxylic acid compound to generate an intermediate (A) (I) and the step (II) of reacting the intermediate (A) with the dicarboxylic acid compound, and in the step (II), the dicarboxylic acid compound is added in portions.

认为通过利用分次添加二羧酸化合物的方法来制造本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂,容易使聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的重均分子量成为330,000以上的范围,容易提高光学膜的全光线透过率及弹性模量,并且,容易提高清漆的稳定性。It is considered that by producing the polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention by the method of adding the dicarboxylic acid compound in portions, the weight-average molecular weight of the polyamide-imide-based resin can be easily made in the range of 330,000 or more, and it is considered that it is easy to improve the overall quality of the optical film. Light transmittance and elastic modulus, and it is easy to improve the stability of the varnish.

因此,本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂优选为利用分次添加二羧酸化合物的、使二胺化合物、四羧酸化合物与二羧酸化合物反应的制造方法制得的树脂,更优选为利用包括使二胺化合物与四羧酸化合物反应而生成中间体(A)的工序(I)及使该中间体(A)与二羧酸化合物反应的工序(II)、且在该工序(II)中分次添加该二羧酸化合物的制造方法制得的树脂。Therefore, the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention is preferably a resin obtained by a production method in which a dicarboxylic acid compound is added in portions and reacted with a diamine compound, a tetracarboxylic acid compound, and a dicarboxylic acid compound, and more preferably Utilization includes step (I) of reacting a diamine compound with a tetracarboxylic acid compound to produce an intermediate (A), and a step (II) of reacting the intermediate (A) with a dicarboxylic acid compound, and in the step (II) ), the resin obtained by the method for producing the dicarboxylic acid compound was added in portions.

利用包括上述的工序(I)及工序(II)的制造方法制造聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂时,使二胺化合物与四羧酸化合物反应而生成中间体(A)的工序(I)的反应温度没有特别限制,例如可以为5~200℃,优选为5~100℃,更优选为5~50℃,进一步优选为5℃~室温(此处,室温是指25℃左右。)。反应时间例如可以为1分钟~72小时,优选为10分钟~24小时。另外,反应可以在空气中或非活性气体气氛(例如氮气、氩气等)下一边搅拌一边进行,也可在常压下、加压下或减压下进行。优选的实施方式中,在常压及/或非活性气体气氛下一边搅拌一边进行。When a polyamidoimide-based resin is produced by the production method including the above-mentioned steps (I) and (II), the reaction of step (I) in which a diamine compound and a tetracarboxylic acid compound are reacted to produce an intermediate (A) The temperature is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 5 to 200°C, preferably 5 to 100°C, more preferably 5 to 50°C, still more preferably 5°C to room temperature (here, room temperature refers to about 25°C). The reaction time may be, for example, 1 minute to 72 hours, and preferably 10 minutes to 24 hours. In addition, the reaction may be performed in air or under an inert gas atmosphere (eg, nitrogen, argon, etc.) while stirring, and may be performed under normal pressure, pressure, or reduced pressure. In a preferred embodiment, stirring is performed under normal pressure and/or an inert gas atmosphere.

工序(I)中,二胺化合物与四羧酸化合物反应,生成中间体(A)、即聚酰胺酸。因此,中间体(A)至少具有来自二胺化合物的结构单元和来自四羧酸化合物的结构单元。In the step (I), the diamine compound and the tetracarboxylic acid compound are reacted to produce an intermediate (A), that is, a polyamic acid. Therefore, the intermediate (A) has at least a structural unit derived from a diamine compound and a structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound.

接下来,在工序(II)中,使中间体(A)与二羧酸化合物反应,此处,优选分次添加该二羧酸化合物。向工序(I)中得到的反应液中分次添加二羧酸化合物,使中间体(A)与二羧酸化合物反应。通过分次添加二羧酸化合物而并非一次地添加,从而容易将聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的分子量调节至上述的优选范围内。需要说明的是,本说明书中,所谓分次添加,是指分成数次来添加要添加的二羧酸化合物,更详细而言,是指将要添加的二羧酸分成特定量,隔开规定间隔或规定时间地分别添加。由于该规定间隔(规定时间)也包括非常短的间隔或时间,因此,分次添加也包括连续添加或连续供料。Next, in the step (II), the intermediate (A) is reacted with a dicarboxylic acid compound, and here, the dicarboxylic acid compound is preferably added in portions. The dicarboxylic acid compound is added in portions to the reaction liquid obtained in the step (I), and the intermediate (A) and the dicarboxylic acid compound are reacted. The molecular weight of the polyamideimide-based resin can be easily adjusted within the above-mentioned preferred range by adding the dicarboxylic acid compound in portions rather than at one time. It should be noted that, in this specification, the term "division addition" refers to dividing the dicarboxylic acid compound to be added in several times, and more specifically, it means dividing the dicarboxylic acid to be added into a specific amount at predetermined intervals. Or add them separately at a specified time. Since the specified interval (specified time) also includes a very short interval or time, the fractional addition also includes continuous addition or continuous feeding.

工序(II)中,分次添加二羧酸化合物时的分次次数可根据反应规模、原料的种类等适当选择,优选为2~20次,更优选为3~10次,进一步优选为3~6次。认为分次次数为上述范围时,容易成为对于在维持光学膜的透过率的同时提高弹性模量而言最合适的结构。另外认为,也容易将聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的重均分子量调节至上述的优选范围内。In the step (II), the number of divisions when adding the dicarboxylic acid compound in portions can be appropriately selected according to the scale of the reaction, the kind of raw materials, etc., but is preferably 2 to 20 times, more preferably 3 to 10 times, and still more preferably 3 to 30 times. 6 times. It is considered that the most suitable structure for improving the elastic modulus while maintaining the transmittance of the optical film is likely to be obtained when the number of classifications is within the above range. In addition, it is considered that it is also easy to adjust the weight average molecular weight of the polyamideimide-based resin within the above-mentioned preferred range.

对于二羧酸化合物而言,可以分割成均等的量来添加,也可分割成不均等的量来添加。各添加行为之间的时间(有时称为添加间隔)全部可以相同也可以不同。另外,添加两种以上二羧酸化合物的情况下,术语“分次添加”是指将所有的二羧酸化合物的总量分割来进行添加,各二羧酸化合物的分割方式没有特别限制,例如可以是将各二羧酸化合物分别一并添加或分次添加,也可以是将各二羧酸化合物一起分次添加,也可以是它们的组合。The dicarboxylic acid compound may be divided into equal amounts and added, or may be divided into unequal amounts and added. The time between each addition action (sometimes called the addition interval) can all be the same or different. In addition, in the case of adding two or more dicarboxylic acid compounds, the term "addition in portions" means dividing and adding the total amount of all the dicarboxylic acid compounds. The division method of each dicarboxylic acid compound is not particularly limited. For example, The respective dicarboxylic acid compounds may be added in one batch or in portions, or the respective dicarboxylic acid compounds may be added in portions together, or a combination of these may be used.

工序(II)中,优选的是,在聚酰胺系树脂的重均分子量相对于要得到的聚酰胺系树脂的重均分子量而言达到优选10%以上、更优选15%以上的时间点,添加相对于要添加的二羧酸化合物的总摩尔量而言优选为1~40摩尔%、更优选为2~25摩尔%的二羧酸化合物。In the step (II), it is preferable to add the polyamide-based resin at a time point when the weight-average molecular weight of the polyamide-based resin becomes preferably 10% or more, more preferably 15% or more with respect to the weight-average molecular weight of the polyamide-based resin to be obtained. The dicarboxylic acid compound is preferably 1 to 40 mol %, more preferably 2 to 25 mol % with respect to the total molar amount of the dicarboxylic acid compound to be added.

工序(II)的反应温度没有特别限制,例如可以为5~200℃,优选为5~100℃,更优选为5~50℃,进一步优选为5~室温(25℃左右)。另外,反应可以在空气中或非活性气体气氛(例如氮气、氩气等)下一边搅拌一边进行,也可在常压下、加压下或减压下进行。在优选方式中,在常压及/或非活性气体气氛下一边搅拌一边进行工序(II)。The reaction temperature in the step (II) is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 5 to 200°C, preferably 5 to 100°C, more preferably 5 to 50°C, and further preferably 5 to room temperature (about 25°C). In addition, the reaction may be performed in air or under an inert gas atmosphere (eg, nitrogen, argon, etc.) while stirring, and may be performed under normal pressure, pressure, or reduced pressure. In a preferred embodiment, the step (II) is performed under normal pressure and/or an inert gas atmosphere while stirring.

工序(II)中,分次添加二羧酸化合物后,进行规定时间的搅拌等,使其进行反应,由此,可得到聚酰胺酰亚胺前体。需要说明的是,聚酰胺酰亚胺前体例如可通过以下方式进行分离:向包含聚酰胺酰亚胺前体的反应液中添加大量的水等,使聚酰胺酰亚胺前体析出,进行过滤、浓缩、干燥等。In the step (II), after the dicarboxylic acid compound is added in portions, a polyamideimide precursor can be obtained by performing stirring for a predetermined time or the like to allow the reaction to proceed. In addition, the polyamide-imide precursor can be isolated, for example, by adding a large amount of water or the like to the reaction liquid containing the polyamide-imide precursor, precipitating the polyamide-imide precursor, and carrying out Filtration, concentration, drying, etc.

工序(II)中,中间体(A)与二羧酸化合物进行反应,得到聚酰胺酰亚胺前体。因此,聚酰胺酰亚胺前体表示至少具有来自二胺化合物的结构单元、来自四羧酸的结构单元、及来自二羧酸化合物的结构单元的酰亚胺化前(闭环前)的聚酰胺酰亚胺。In the step (II), the intermediate (A) and the dicarboxylic acid compound are reacted to obtain a polyamideimide precursor. Therefore, the polyamideimide precursor refers to a polyamide before imidization (before ring closure) having at least a structural unit derived from a diamine compound, a structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid, and a structural unit derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound. imide.

树脂的制造中,二胺化合物、四羧酸化合物及二羧酸化合物的反应温度没有特别限制,例如为5~350℃,优选为5~200℃,更优选为5~100℃。反应时间也没有特别限制,例如为30分钟~10小时左右。根据需要,可在非活性气氛或减压的条件下进行反应。在优选方式中,反应在常压及/或非活性气体气氛下一边搅拌一边进行。另外,反应优选在相对于反应为惰性的溶剂中进行。作为溶剂,没有特别限制,只要不对反应造成影响即可,可举出例如水、甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇、异丙醇、丙二醇、乙二醇甲基醚、乙二醇丁基醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-丁氧基乙醇、丙二醇单甲基醚等醇系溶剂;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、γ-丁内酯、γ-戊内酯、丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯等酯系溶剂;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、环戊酮、环己酮、2-庚酮、甲基异丁基酮等酮系溶剂;戊烷、己烷、庚烷等脂肪族烃溶剂;乙基环己烷等脂环式烃溶剂;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烃溶剂;乙腈等腈系溶剂;四氢呋喃及二甲氧基乙烷等醚系溶剂;氯仿及氯苯等含氯溶剂;N,N-二甲基乙酰胺、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺等酰胺系溶剂;二甲基砜、二甲基亚砜、环丁砜等含硫系溶剂;碳酸亚乙酯、碳酸亚丙酯等碳酸酯系溶剂;及它们的组合等。这些中,从溶解性的观点考虑,可以合适地使用酰胺系溶剂。In the production of resin, the reaction temperature of the diamine compound, the tetracarboxylic acid compound, and the dicarboxylic acid compound is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 5 to 350°C, preferably 5 to 200°C, and more preferably 5 to 100°C. The reaction time is also not particularly limited, but is, for example, about 30 minutes to 10 hours. The reaction can be carried out in an inert atmosphere or under reduced pressure as necessary. In a preferred embodiment, the reaction is carried out with stirring under normal pressure and/or an inert gas atmosphere. In addition, the reaction is preferably carried out in a solvent inert to the reaction. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not affect the reaction, and examples thereof include water, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, 1 -Methoxy-2-propanol, 2-butoxyethanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and other alcohol solvents; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone , γ-valerolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate and other ester solvents; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, methyl isobutyl ketone aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane and heptane; alicyclic hydrocarbon solvents such as ethylcyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile; Ether-based solvents such as methoxyethane; chlorine-containing solvents such as chloroform and chlorobenzene; amide-based solvents such as N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc.; dimethyl sulfone, dimethyl sulfone, etc. Sulfur-containing solvents such as sulfoxide and sulfolane; carbonate-based solvents such as ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate; and combinations thereof. Among these, from the viewpoint of solubility, an amide-based solvent can be suitably used.

聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的制造方法可以还包括在酰亚胺化催化剂的存在下、使聚酰胺酰亚胺前体进行酰亚胺化的工序(III)。通过将工序(II)中得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺前体供于工序(III),从而能使聚酰胺酰亚胺前体的结构单元中的具有聚酰胺酸结构的结构单元部分进行酰亚胺化(进行闭环),得到包含式(1)表示的结构单元和式(2)表示的结构单元的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂。作为酰亚胺化催化剂,可举出例如三丙基胺、二丁基丙基胺、乙基二丁基胺等脂肪族胺;N-乙基哌啶、N-丙基哌啶、N-丁基吡咯烷、N-丁基哌啶、及N-丙基六氢氮杂

Figure BDA0002333991740000501
等脂环式胺(单环式);氮杂双环[2.2.1]庚烷、氮杂双环[3.2.1]辛烷、氮杂双环[2.2.2]辛烷、及氮杂双环[3.2.2]壬烷等脂环式胺(多环式);以及吡啶、2-甲基吡啶(2-picoline)、3-甲基吡啶(3-picoline)、4-甲基吡啶(4-picoline)、2-乙基吡啶、3-乙基吡啶、4-乙基吡啶、2,4-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-三甲基吡啶、3,4-环戊烯并吡啶、5,6,7,8-四氢异喹啉、及异喹啉等芳香族胺。另外,从容易促进酰亚胺化反应的观点考虑,优选不仅使用酰亚胺化催化剂,还使用酸酐。关于酸酐,可举出在酰亚胺化反应中可使用的惯用的酸酐等,作为其具体例,可举出乙酸酐、丙酸酐、丁酸酐等脂肪族酸酐、邻苯二甲酸等芳香族酸酐等。The method for producing a polyamideimide-based resin may further include a step (III) of imidizing the polyamideimide precursor in the presence of an imidization catalyst. By supplying the polyamideimide precursor obtained in the step (II) to the step (III), the structural unit portion having a polyamic acid structure among the structural units of the polyamideimide precursor can be imidized Amination is performed (ring-closing is performed), and the polyamide-imide-type resin containing the structural unit represented by formula (1) and the structural unit represented by formula (2) is obtained. Examples of the imidization catalyst include aliphatic amines such as tripropylamine, dibutylpropylamine, and ethyldibutylamine; N-ethylpiperidine, N-propylpiperidine, N- Butylpyrrolidine, N-butylpiperidine, and N-propylhexahydroazepine
Figure BDA0002333991740000501
Alicyclic amines (monocyclic); azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, and azabicyclo[3.2 .2] Alicyclic amines such as nonane (polycyclic); and pyridine, 2-picoline, 3-picoline, 4-picoline ), 2-ethylpyridine, 3-ethylpyridine, 4-ethylpyridine, 2,4-lutidine, 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine, 3,4-cyclopentenopyridine, Aromatic amines such as 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroisoquinoline and isoquinoline. In addition, it is preferable to use not only an imidization catalyst but also an acid anhydride from the viewpoint of easily promoting the imidization reaction. The acid anhydrides include conventional acid anhydrides that can be used in the imidization reaction, and the like, and specific examples thereof include aliphatic acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, and butyric anhydride, and aromatic acid anhydrides such as phthalic acid. Wait.

对于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂而言,可利用惯用的方法、例如过滤、浓缩、萃取、晶析、重结晶、柱色谱法等分离手段、将它们组合而成的分离手段进行分离(分离纯化),在优选方式中,可通过以下方式进行分离:向包含聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的反应液中添加大量的甲醇等醇,使树脂析出,进行浓缩、过滤、干燥等。Polyamideimide-based resins can be separated (separation and purification) by conventional methods, such as separation means such as filtration, concentration, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, and column chromatography, or a combination of these separation means. ), in a preferred embodiment, the separation can be carried out by adding a large amount of alcohol such as methanol to the reaction liquid containing the polyamideimide-based resin, precipitating the resin, concentrating, filtering, drying, and the like.

<填料><Packing>

本发明还提供包含上述的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的光学膜。本发明的光学膜可包含至少1种填料。作为填料,可举出例如有机粒子、无机粒子等,优选可举出无机粒子。作为无机粒子,可举出二氧化硅、二氧化锆、氧化铝、二氧化钛、氧化锌、氧化锗、氧化铟、氧化锡、铟锡氧化物、氧化锑、氧化铈等金属氧化物粒子、氟化镁、氟化钠等金属氟化物粒子等,这些中,从容易提高光学膜的弹性模量及/或撕裂强度、容易提高耐冲击性的观点考虑,优选可举出二氧化硅粒子、二氧化锆粒子、氧化铝粒子,更优选可举出二氧化硅粒子。这些填料可以单独使用或组合2种以上而使用。The present invention also provides an optical film containing the above-mentioned polyamideimide-based resin. The optical film of the present invention may contain at least one kind of filler. As a filler, an organic particle, an inorganic particle, etc. are mentioned, for example, Preferably, an inorganic particle is mentioned. Examples of inorganic particles include metal oxide particles such as silica, zirconia, alumina, titania, zinc oxide, germanium oxide, indium oxide, tin oxide, indium tin oxide, antimony oxide, and cerium oxide, fluoride Metal fluoride particles such as magnesium and sodium fluoride, etc. Among these, from the viewpoints of easily improving the elastic modulus and/or tear strength of the optical film, and easily improving the impact resistance, silica particles, bismuth Zirconia particles, alumina particles, and more preferably silica particles are mentioned. These fillers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

填料、优选二氧化硅粒子的平均一次粒径通常为1nm以上,优选为5nm以上,更优选为10nm以上,进一步优选为15nm以上,尤其优选为20nm以上,优选为100nm以下,更优选为90nm以下,进一步优选为80nm以下,进一步更优选为70nm以下,尤其优选为60nm以下,尤其更优选为50nm以下,尤其进一步优选为40nm以下。二氧化硅粒子的平均一次粒径为上述范围内时,容易抑制二氧化硅粒子的凝集,容易提高得到的光学膜的光学特性。填料的平均一次粒径可利用BET法进行测定。需要说明的是,也可利用透射型电子显微镜、扫描型电子显微镜的图像分析,测定平均一次粒径。The average primary particle size of the filler, preferably silica particles is usually 1 nm or more, preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more, still more preferably 15 nm or more, particularly preferably 20 nm or more, preferably 100 nm or less, and more preferably 90 nm or less , more preferably 80 nm or less, still more preferably 70 nm or less, particularly preferably 60 nm or less, even more preferably 50 nm or less, and even more preferably 40 nm or less. When the average primary particle size of the silica particles is within the above range, aggregation of the silica particles is easily suppressed, and the optical properties of the obtained optical film are easily improved. The average primary particle size of the filler can be measured by the BET method. In addition, the average primary particle diameter can also be measured by the image analysis of a transmission electron microscope and a scanning electron microscope.

本发明的光学膜含有填料、优选二氧化硅粒子时,关于填料的含量,相对于光学膜100质量份而言,通常为0.1质量份以上,优选为1质量份以上,更优选为5质量份以上,进一步优选为10质量份以上,进一步更优选为20质量份以上,尤其优选为30质量份以上,优选为60质量份以下。填料的含量为上述的下限以上时,容易提高得到的光学膜的弹性模量。另外,填料的含量为上述的上限以下时,容易提高光学膜的光学特性。When the optical film of the present invention contains a filler, preferably silica particles, the content of the filler is usually 0.1 part by mass or more, preferably 1 part by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the optical film. Above, it is more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and preferably 60 parts by mass or less. When content of a filler is more than the said minimum, it becomes easy to improve the elastic modulus of the optical film obtained. Moreover, when content of a filler is below the said upper limit, it becomes easy to improve the optical characteristics of an optical film.

<紫外线吸收剂><Ultraviolet absorber>

本发明的光学膜可包含至少1种紫外线吸收剂。紫外线吸收剂可从在树脂材料的领域作为紫外线吸收剂通常使用的物质中适当选择。紫外线吸收剂可包含吸收400nm以下的波长的光的化合物。作为紫外线吸收剂,可举出例如选自由二苯甲酮系化合物、水杨酸酯系化合物、苯并三唑系化合物、及三嗪系化合物组成的组中的至少1种化合物。紫外线吸收剂可以单独使用或组合两种以上而使用。通过使光学膜含有紫外线吸收剂,从而能抑制树脂的劣化,因此,在将本发明的光学膜应用于显示装置等的情况下,能提高视觉辨认性。本说明书中,所谓“系化合物”,是指附带有该“系化合物”的化合物的衍生物。例如,所谓“二苯甲酮系化合物”,是指具有作为母体骨架的二苯甲酮、和键合于二苯甲酮的取代基的化合物。The optical film of this invention may contain at least 1 type of ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber can be appropriately selected from those generally used as ultraviolet absorbers in the field of resin materials. The ultraviolet absorber may contain a compound that absorbs light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include at least one compound selected from the group consisting of benzophenone-based compounds, salicylate-based compounds, benzotriazole-based compounds, and triazine-based compounds. An ultraviolet absorber can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Since deterioration of resin can be suppressed by containing an ultraviolet absorber in an optical film, when applying the optical film of this invention to a display apparatus etc., visibility can be improved. In this specification, the "system compound" refers to a derivative of the compound to which the "system compound" is attached. For example, the "benzophenone-based compound" refers to a compound having benzophenone as a parent skeleton and a substituent bonded to the benzophenone.

本发明的光学膜含有紫外线吸收剂时,关于紫外线吸收剂的含量,相对于光学膜中包含的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的质量而言,优选为0.01~10质量份,更优选为1~8质量份,进一步优选为2~7质量份。紫外线吸收剂的含量为上述的下限以上时,容易提高紫外线吸收性。紫外线吸收剂的含量为上述的上限以下时,能抑制因基材制造时的热而导致的紫外线吸收剂的分解,容易提高光学特性,例如容易减小雾度。When the optical film of the present invention contains an ultraviolet absorber, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass relative to the mass of the polyamideimide-based resin contained in the optical film. 8 parts by mass, more preferably 2 to 7 parts by mass. When content of an ultraviolet absorber is more than the said minimum, it becomes easy to improve ultraviolet absorbency. When the content of the ultraviolet absorber is below the above-mentioned upper limit, decomposition of the ultraviolet absorber due to heat during production of the base material can be suppressed, and optical properties can be easily improved, for example, haze can be easily reduced.

<其他添加剂><Other additives>

本发明的光学膜可以进一步含有填料、紫外线吸收剂以外的其他添加剂。作为其他添加剂,可举出例如抗氧化剂、脱模剂、稳定剂、上蓝剂等着色剂、阻燃剂、pH调节剂、二氧化硅分散剂、润滑剂、增稠剂、及流平剂等。含有其他添加剂时,关于其含量,相对于光学膜的质量而言,可以优选为0.001~20质量份,更优选为0.01~15质量份,进一步优选为0.1~10质量份。The optical film of the present invention may further contain other additives other than fillers and ultraviolet absorbers. Examples of other additives include antioxidants, mold release agents, stabilizers, and colorants such as bluing agents, flame retardants, pH adjusters, silica dispersants, lubricants, thickeners, and leveling agents. Wait. When other additives are contained, the content thereof may be preferably 0.001 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 15 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to the mass of the optical film.

(光学膜的制造方法)(Manufacturing method of optical film)

使用本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂制造光学膜的方法没有特别限制,例如可以是包括以下工序的制造方法:The method for producing an optical film using the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention is not particularly limited, and for example, it may be a production method including the following steps:

(a)制备至少包含前述聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂及溶剂的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆的工序(清漆制备工序),(a) a step of preparing a polyamide-imide-based resin varnish containing at least the polyamide-imide-based resin and a solvent (varnish preparation step),

(b)将清漆涂布于支承材料而形成涂膜的工序(涂布工序),和(b) a step of applying a varnish to a support material to form a coating film (coating step), and

(c)将涂布的液体(涂膜)干燥,形成光学膜的工序(光学膜形成工序)。(c) A step of drying the applied liquid (coating film) to form an optical film (optical film forming step).

需要说明的是,本发明还提供至少包含本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂及溶剂的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆。In addition, this invention also provides the polyamide-imide-type resin varnish containing at least the polyamide-imide-type resin of this invention and a solvent.

清漆制备工序中,将聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂溶解于溶剂中,根据需要,添加前述填料、紫外线吸收剂等添加剂,进行搅拌混合,由此制备清漆。需要说明的是,使用二氧化硅粒子作为填料时,可将下述硅溶胶添加至树脂中,所述硅溶胶是用可将前述树脂溶解的溶剂、例如下述的清漆的制备中可使用的溶剂对包含二氧化硅粒子的硅溶胶的分散液进行置换而得到的硅溶胶。In the varnish preparation step, a varnish is prepared by dissolving the polyamideimide-based resin in a solvent, adding additives such as the aforementioned filler and an ultraviolet absorber as necessary, and stirring and mixing. It should be noted that, when silica particles are used as the filler, the following silica sol can be added to the resin, and the silica sol can be used in the preparation of the following varnish with a solvent that can dissolve the aforementioned resin, for example A silica sol obtained by substituting a solvent for a dispersion of silica sol containing silica particles.

清漆的制备中使用的溶剂没有特别限制,只要能将前述树脂溶解即可。作为所述溶剂,可举出例如N,N-二甲基乙酰胺、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺等酰胺系溶剂;γ-丁内酯(GBL)、γ-戊内酯等内酯系溶剂;二甲基砜、二甲基亚砜、环丁砜等含硫系溶剂;碳酸亚乙酯、碳酸亚丙酯等碳酸酯系溶剂;及它们的组合(混合溶剂)。这些中,优选酰胺系溶剂或内酯系溶剂。若使用内酯系溶剂,则存在成为光学特性高的膜的倾向。这些溶剂可以单独使用或组合两种以上而使用。另外,可在清漆中包含水、醇系溶剂、酮系溶剂、非环状酯系溶剂、醚系溶剂等。从容易提高聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆的稳定性的观点考虑,本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆中的固态成分浓度优选为1~25质量%,更优选为5~20质量%,进一步优选为5~15质量%。另外,关于本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆中的溶剂的浓度,从容易提高聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆的稳定性的观点考虑,基于聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆的总量而言,优选为75~99质量%,更优选为80~95质量%,进一步优选为85~95质量%。The solvent used in the preparation of the varnish is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the aforementioned resin. Examples of the solvent include amide-based solvents such as N,N-dimethylacetamide and N,N-dimethylformamide; lactones such as γ-butyrolactone (GBL) and γ-valerolactone. Sulfur-containing solvents such as dimethyl sulfone, dimethyl sulfoxide, and sulfolane; carbonate-based solvents such as ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate; and their combinations (mixed solvents). Among these, an amide-based solvent or a lactone-based solvent is preferable. When a lactone-based solvent is used, it tends to be a film with high optical properties. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, water, an alcohol-based solvent, a ketone-based solvent, an acyclic ester-based solvent, an ether-based solvent, and the like may be contained in the varnish. The solid content concentration in the polyamideimide-based resin varnish of the present invention is preferably 1 to 25% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 20% by mass, from the viewpoint of easily improving the stability of the polyamideimide-based resin varnish. , more preferably 5 to 15 mass %. In addition, the concentration of the solvent in the polyamide-imide-based resin varnish of the present invention is based on the total amount of the polyamide-imide-based resin varnish from the viewpoint of easily improving the stability of the polyamide-imide-based resin varnish. More preferably, it is 75-99 mass %, More preferably, it is 80-95 mass %, More preferably, it is 85-95 mass %.

至少包含本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂及溶剂的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆具有高稳定性。使用包含聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的清漆来制造包含聚酰胺系树脂的光学膜时,虽然有时也在清漆制备工序之后立即进行涂布工序,但有时在清漆制备工序之后,对制备的清漆进行短时间的储存、输送等,从而导致在涂布工序之前经过规定的时间。若在清漆制备工序之后、涂布工序之前的期间发生清漆的凝胶化,则在涂布工序中,有时得不到充分的涂布性。另外,有时由于清漆中的凝胶而损害光学膜的品质、尤其是光学特性。本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆具有高稳定性,因此不易发生上述这样的问题。需要说明的是,本说明书中,聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂清漆具有高稳定性,因此,即使在例如室温(例如25℃)的条件下静置优选1天以上、更优选3天以上、进一步优选10天以上、尤其优选30天以上,也不会发生树脂清漆的凝胶化。需要说明的是,在使用包含能经由酰亚胺化形成本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的聚酰胺酰亚胺前体的清漆来制造包含本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的光学膜的情况下,至少包含能形成本发明的聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂的酰亚胺化前的聚酰胺酰亚胺前体及溶剂的清漆也具有高稳定性。The polyamide-imide-based resin varnish containing at least the polyamide-imide-based resin of the present invention and a solvent has high stability. When an optical film containing a polyamide-based resin is produced using a varnish containing a polyamide-imide-based resin, the coating process may be performed immediately after the varnish preparation process, but the prepared varnish may be performed after the varnish preparation process. A predetermined time elapses before the coating process due to short-term storage, transportation, and the like. When the gelatinization of the varnish occurs during the period after the varnish preparation step and before the coating step, sufficient coatability may not be obtained in the coating step. In addition, the quality of the optical film, especially the optical properties, may be impaired by the gel in the varnish. Since the polyamideimide-based resin varnish of the present invention has high stability, the above-mentioned problems are less likely to occur. In addition, in this specification, the polyamideimide-based resin varnish has high stability, and therefore, even if it is allowed to stand at room temperature (for example, 25° C.), it is preferable to stand still for 1 day or more, more preferably 3 days or more, and further Preferably 10 days or more, particularly preferably 30 days or more, gelation of the resin varnish does not occur. In addition, when using the varnish containing the polyamide-imide precursor which can form the polyamide-imide-type resin of this invention through imidization, the optical fiber containing the polyamide-imide-type resin of this invention is produced. In the case of a film, a varnish including at least a polyamideimide precursor and a solvent before imidization capable of forming the polyamideimide-based resin of the present invention also has high stability.

涂布工序中,利用已知的涂布方法,将清漆涂布于支承材料上而形成涂膜。作为已知的涂布方法,可举出例如线棒涂布法、逆式涂布、凹版涂布等辊涂法、模涂法、逗号涂布法、唇涂法、旋涂法、丝网涂布法、喷注涂布法、浸渍法、喷雾法、流延成型法等。In the coating step, the varnish is coated on the support material by a known coating method to form a coating film. Examples of known coating methods include bar coating, reverse coating, gravure coating, and other roll coating methods, die coating, comma coating, lip coating, spin coating, and screen coating. Coating method, spray coating method, dipping method, spray method, tape casting method, etc.

膜形成工序中,通过将涂膜干燥,从支承材料剥离,由此能形成光学膜。在剥离后,可进一步设置将光学膜干燥的工序。涂膜的干燥通常可于50~350℃的温度进行。根据需要,可在非活性气氛或减压的条件下进行涂膜的干燥。In the film forming step, an optical film can be formed by drying the coating film and peeling it from the support material. After peeling, a step of drying the optical film may be further provided. Drying of the coating film can usually be performed at a temperature of 50 to 350°C. If necessary, drying of the coating film can be performed in an inert atmosphere or under reduced pressure.

作为支承材料的例子,如果是金属系,则可举出SUS板,如果是树脂系,则可举出PET膜、PEN膜、聚酰胺系树脂膜、聚酰亚胺系树脂膜、环烯烃系聚合物(COP)膜、丙烯酸系膜等。其中,从平滑性、耐热性优异的观点考虑,优选PET膜、COP膜等,此外,从与光学膜的密合性及成本的观点考虑,更优选PET膜。As an example of a support material, if it is a metal type, a SUS plate is mentioned, and if it is a resin type, a PET film, a PEN film, a polyamide type resin film, a polyimide type resin film, and a cycloolefin type are mentioned. Polymer (COP) film, acrylic film, etc. Among them, a PET film, a COP film, etc. are preferable from the viewpoints of being excellent in smoothness and heat resistance, and a PET film is more preferable from the viewpoints of adhesiveness to an optical film and cost.

本发明的光学膜的用途没有特别限制,可用于各种用途。如上所述,本发明的光学膜可以为单层,也可以为层叠体,可以直接使用本发明的光学膜,进而也可以以与其他膜的层叠体的形式使用。需要说明的是,光学膜为层叠体时,包含被层叠在光学膜的一面或两面的所有层在内而称为光学膜。The use of the optical film of the present invention is not particularly limited, and it can be used for various uses. As described above, the optical film of the present invention may be a single layer or a laminate, and the optical film of the present invention may be used as it is, or may be used as a laminate with other films. In addition, when an optical film is a laminated body, it is called an optical film including all layers laminated|stacked on one surface or both surfaces of an optical film.

(功能层)(functional layer)

可以在本发明的光学膜的至少一个面上层叠有1层以上的功能层。作为功能层,可举出例如紫外线吸收层、硬涂层、底漆层、阻气层、粘合层、色相调节层、折射率调节层等。功能层可以单独使用或组合两种以上而使用。One or more functional layers may be laminated on at least one surface of the optical film of the present invention. As a functional layer, an ultraviolet absorption layer, a hard coat layer, a primer layer, a gas barrier layer, an adhesive layer, a hue adjustment layer, a refractive index adjustment layer etc. are mentioned, for example. The functional layers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

紫外线吸收层为具有紫外线吸收功能的层,例如由选自紫外线固化型的透明树脂、电子束固化型的透明树脂、及热固化型的透明树脂中的主材、和分散于该主材中的紫外线吸收剂构成。The ultraviolet absorbing layer is a layer having an ultraviolet absorbing function, for example, it is composed of a main material selected from the group consisting of an ultraviolet curable transparent resin, an electron beam curable transparent resin, and a thermosetting transparent resin, and a material dispersed in the main material. UV absorber composition.

可以在本发明的光学膜的至少一个面上设置有硬涂层。硬涂层的厚度没有特别限制,例如可以为2~100μm。前述硬涂层的厚度在前述的范围内时,能确保充分的耐擦伤性,另外,耐弯曲性不易降低,存在不易发生因固化收缩而导致产生卷曲的问题的倾向。A hard coat layer may be provided on at least one surface of the optical film of the present invention. The thickness of the hard coat layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 2 to 100 μm. When the thickness of the hard coat layer is within the above-mentioned range, sufficient scratch resistance is ensured, and bending resistance is not easily reduced, and the problem of curling due to curing shrinkage tends to be less likely to occur.

前述硬涂层可通过以下方式形成:通过照射活性能量射线、或赋予热能,从而使包含可形成交联结构的反应性材料的硬涂层组合物固化;优选通过照射活性能量射线来进行。活性能量射线被定义为能将产生活性种的化合物分解而产生活性种的能量射线,可举出可见光、紫外线、红外线、X射线、α射线、β射线、γ射线及电子束等,优选可举出紫外线。前述硬涂层组合物含有自由基聚合性化合物及阳离子聚合性化合物中的至少1种聚合物。The aforementioned hard coat layer can be formed by irradiating an active energy ray or imparting thermal energy to cure a hard coat layer composition containing a reactive material capable of forming a crosslinked structure; preferably by irradiating an active energy ray. Active energy rays are defined as energy rays capable of decomposing active species-generating compounds to generate active species, and examples thereof include visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, and electron beams, and preferably include out UV rays. The said hard-coat layer composition contains at least 1 sort(s) of polymer from a radically polymerizable compound and a cationically polymerizable compound.

前述自由基聚合性化合物为具有自由基聚合性基团的化合物。作为前述自由基聚合性化合物所具有的自由基聚合性基团,只要为可发生自由基聚合反应的官能团即可,可举出包含碳-碳不饱和双键的基团等,具体而言,可举出乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯酰基等。需要说明的是,前述自由基聚合性化合物具有2个以上自由基聚合性基团时,这些自由基聚合性基团分别可以相同,也可以不同。对于前述自由基聚合性化合物在1个分子中具有的自由基聚合性基团的数目而言,从提高硬涂层的硬度方面考虑,优选为2以上。作为前述自由基聚合性化合物,从反应性的高度方面考虑,优选可举出具有(甲基)丙烯酰基的化合物,具体而言,可举出在1分子中具有2~6个(甲基)丙烯酰基的被称为多官能丙烯酸酯单体的化合物、被称为环氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚氨酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯(urethane(meth)acrylate)、聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯的在分子内具有数个(甲基)丙烯酰基的分子量为数百至数千的低聚物,优选可举出选自环氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚氨酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯及聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯中的1种以上。The aforementioned radically polymerizable compound is a compound having a radically polymerizable group. The radically polymerizable group contained in the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound may be any functional group capable of generating a radical polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond-containing group, and the like. Specifically, A vinyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, etc. are mentioned. In addition, when the said radically polymerizable compound has two or more radically polymerizable groups, these radically polymerizable groups may be respectively the same or different. The number of radically polymerizable groups that the radically polymerizable compound has in one molecule is preferably 2 or more from the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the hard coat layer. As the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound, a compound having a (meth)acryloyl group is preferably used from the viewpoint of high reactivity, and specifically, a compound having 2 to 6 (methyl) groups in one molecule is used. Acryloyl compound called polyfunctional acrylate monomer, called epoxy (meth)acrylate, urethane (meth)acrylate, polyester (meth)acrylate The molecular weight of the oligomer having several (meth)acryloyl groups in the molecule is several hundred to several thousand, preferably selected from epoxy (meth)acrylate, urethane (meth)acrylate and polyacrylate. One or more of ester (meth)acrylates.

前述阳离子聚合性化合物为具有环氧基、氧杂环丁基、乙烯基醚基等阳离子聚合性基团的化合物。从提高硬涂层的硬度方面考虑,前述阳离子聚合性化合物在1分子中具有的阳离子聚合性基团的数目优选为2以上,更优选为3以上。The aforementioned cationically polymerizable compound is a compound having a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and a vinyl ether group. From the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the hard coat layer, the number of cationically polymerizable groups contained in one molecule of the cationically polymerizable compound is preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 3 or more.

另外,作为前述阳离子聚合性化合物,其中优选具有环氧基及氧杂环丁基中的至少1种作为阳离子聚合性基团的化合物。环氧基、氧杂环丁基等环状醚基从伴随聚合反应的收缩小这方面考虑是优选的。另外,具有环状醚基中的环氧基的化合物具有下述这样的优点:容易获得多种结构的化合物,不会对得到的硬涂层的耐久性造成不良影响,也容易控制与自由基聚合性化合物的相容性。另外,环状醚基中的氧杂环丁基与环氧基相比,具有以下优点:聚合度容易变高,为低毒性,加快由得到的硬涂层的阳离子聚合性化合物得到的网络的形成速度,即使在与自由基聚合性化合物混合存在的区域,也不会在膜中残留未反应的单体,形成独立的网络;等等。In addition, among the above-mentioned cationically polymerizable compounds, compounds having at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group as a cationically polymerizable group are preferable. Cyclic ether groups such as an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group are preferable from the viewpoint of small shrinkage accompanying the polymerization reaction. In addition, the compound having an epoxy group in the cyclic ether group has the following advantages: it is easy to obtain compounds of various structures, does not adversely affect the durability of the obtained hard coat layer, and is easy to control the interaction with radicals Compatibility of polymeric compounds. In addition, the oxetanyl group in the cyclic ether group has the following advantages compared with the epoxy group: the degree of polymerization is easily increased, the toxicity is low, and the network obtained from the cationically polymerizable compound of the hard coat layer obtained is accelerated. The rate of formation, even in the region where it is mixed with the radical polymerizable compound, does not leave unreacted monomers in the film to form an independent network; and the like.

作为具有环氧基的阳离子聚合性化合物,例如,可举出:具有脂环族环的多元醇的聚缩水甘油基醚或通过用过氧化氢、过氧酸等适当的氧化剂将含有环己烯环、环戊烯环的化合物环氧化而得到的脂环族环氧树脂;脂肪族多元醇、或其氧化烯加成物的聚缩水甘油基醚、脂肪族长链多元酸的聚缩水甘油基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸缩水甘油酯的均聚物、共聚物等脂肪族环氧树脂;通过双酚A、双酚F、氢化双酚A等双酚类、或它们的氧化烯加成物、己内酯加成物等衍生物、与表氯醇的反应而制造的缩水甘油基醚、及Novolac环氧树脂等由双酚类衍生的缩水甘油基醚型环氧树脂等。Examples of the cationically polymerizable compound having an epoxy group include polyglycidyl ether of a polyhydric alcohol having an alicyclic ring, or cyclohexene-containing cyclohexene treated with an appropriate oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide or peroxyacid Alicyclic epoxy resins obtained by epoxidizing compounds of rings and cyclopentene rings; polyglycidyl ethers of aliphatic polyols or their oxyalkylene adducts, polyglycidyl groups of aliphatic long-chain polyacids Aliphatic epoxy resins such as homopolymers and copolymers of esters and glycidyl (meth)acrylates; bisphenols such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F, hydrogenated bisphenol A, or their alkylene oxide adducts , derivatives such as caprolactone adducts, glycidyl ethers produced by the reaction with epichlorohydrin, and glycidyl ether epoxy resins derived from bisphenols such as Novolac epoxy resins.

前述硬涂层组合物可以进一步包含聚合引发剂。作为聚合引发剂,可举出自由基聚合引发剂、阳离子聚合引发剂、自由基及阳离子聚合引发剂等,可适当选择使用。对于这些聚合引发剂而言,可通过活性能量射线照射及加热中的至少一者而被分解,产生自由基或阳离子,进行自由基聚合和阳离子聚合。The aforementioned hard coat composition may further contain a polymerization initiator. As a polymerization initiator, a radical polymerization initiator, a cationic polymerization initiator, a radical and a cationic polymerization initiator, etc. are mentioned, It can select and use suitably. These polymerization initiators can be decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate radicals or cations, and to perform radical polymerization and cationic polymerization.

自由基聚合引发剂只要可通过活性能量射线照射及加热中的至少任一者而释放引发自由基聚合的物质即可。例如,作为热自由基聚合引发剂,可举出过氧化氢、过氧苯甲酸等有机过氧化物、偶氮双丁腈等偶氮化合物等。The radical polymerization initiator should just be capable of releasing a substance that initiates radical polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating. For example, as a thermal radical polymerization initiator, organic peroxides, such as hydrogen peroxide and peroxybenzoic acid, azo compounds, such as azobisbutyronitrile, etc. are mentioned.

作为活性能量射线自由基聚合引发剂,有通过分子的分解而生成自由基的Type1型自由基聚合引发剂、和与叔胺共存而通过夺氢型反应生成自由基的Type2型自由基聚合引发剂,它们可以单独使用或并用而使用。As active energy ray radical polymerization initiators, there are Type 1 type radical polymerization initiators that generate radicals by decomposition of molecules, and Type 2 type radical polymerization initiators that generate radicals by hydrogen abstraction reaction in coexistence with tertiary amines , they can be used alone or in combination.

阳离子聚合引发剂只要能通过活性能量射线照射及加热中的至少任一者而释放引发阳离子聚合的物质即可。作为阳离子聚合引发剂,可使用芳香族碘鎓盐、芳香族锍盐、环戊二烯基铁(II)络合物等。根据结构的差异,它们可通过活性能量射线照射或加热中的任一者或两者而引发阳离子聚合。The cationic polymerization initiator should just be capable of releasing a substance that initiates cationic polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating. As the cationic polymerization initiator, an aromatic iodonium salt, an aromatic sulfonium salt, a cyclopentadienyl iron (II) complex, or the like can be used. Depending on the difference in structure, they can initiate cationic polymerization by either or both of active energy ray irradiation or heating.

相对于前述硬涂层组合物整体100质量%而言,优选可以以0.1~10质量%包含前述聚合引发剂。前述聚合引发剂的含量在前述的范围内时,能使固化充分进行,能使最终得到的涂膜的机械物性、密合力在良好的范围内,另外,存在因固化收缩而导致的粘接力不良、破裂现象及卷曲现象变得不易发生的倾向。The polymerization initiator may preferably be contained in an amount of 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the entire hard coat composition. When the content of the polymerization initiator is within the above-mentioned range, curing can be sufficiently advanced, the mechanical properties and adhesive force of the finally obtained coating film can be kept in a favorable range, and there is adhesive force due to curing shrinkage. Defects, cracking, and curling tend to be less likely to occur.

前述硬涂层组合物可以进一步包含选自由溶剂及添加剂组成的组中的一种以上。对于前述溶剂而言,只要是能使前述聚合性化合物及聚合引发剂溶解或分散、作为本技术领域的硬涂层组合物的溶剂而已知的溶剂,就可以在不妨碍本发明的效果的范围内使用。前述添加剂可以进一步包含无机粒子、流平剂、稳定剂、表面活性剂、防静电剂、润滑剂、防污剂等。The aforementioned hard coat layer composition may further contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a solvent and an additive. The above-mentioned solvent may be a solvent that can dissolve or disperse the above-mentioned polymerizable compound and polymerization initiator, and is known as a solvent for a hard coat composition in this technical field, within a range that does not hinder the effects of the present invention. used within. The aforementioned additives may further contain inorganic particles, leveling agents, stabilizers, surfactants, antistatic agents, lubricants, antifouling agents, and the like.

粘合层为具有粘合性的功能的层,具有将光学膜粘接于其他构件的功能。作为粘合层的形成材料,可使用通常已知的材料。例如,可使用热固性树脂组合物或光固化性树脂组合物。这种情况下,可通过事后供给能量,从而使树脂组合物进行高分子化而使其固化。The adhesive layer is a layer having an adhesive function, and has a function of adhering the optical film to other members. As the material for forming the adhesive layer, commonly known materials can be used. For example, a thermosetting resin composition or a photocurable resin composition can be used. In this case, the resin composition can be polymerized and cured by supplying energy afterwards.

粘合层可以是被称为压敏型粘接剂(Pressure Sensitive Adhesive,PSA)的、通过按压而贴合于对象物的层。压敏型粘接剂可以为作为“在常温下具有粘合性、以轻压力即粘接于被粘接材料的物质”(JIS K 6800)的粘合剂,也可以为作为“将特定成分容纳于保护被膜(微囊)内、在通过适当的手段(压力、热等)将被膜破坏之前能维持稳定性的粘接剂”(JIS K 6800)的胶囊型粘接剂。The adhesive layer may be a layer called a pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA), which is attached to an object by pressing. The pressure-sensitive adhesive may be an adhesive that "has adhesive properties at room temperature and adheres to a material to be adhered with light pressure" (JIS K 6800), or may be a "specified component". Capsule-type adhesives that are contained in a protective film (microcapsule) and maintain stability until the film is destroyed by appropriate means (pressure, heat, etc.)" (JIS K 6800).

色相调节层为具有色相调节功能的层,是能将包含光学膜的层叠体调节为目标色相的层。色相调节层例如为含有树脂及着色剂的层。作为该着色剂,可举出例如氧化钛、氧化锌、氧化铁红、氧化钛系烧成颜料、群青、铝酸钴、及炭黑等无机颜料;偶氮系化合物、喹吖啶酮系化合物、蒽醌系化合物、苝系化合物、异吲哚啉酮系化合物、酞菁系化合物、喹酞酮系化合物、士林(threne)系化合物、及二酮吡咯并吡咯系化合物等有机颜料;硫酸钡、及碳酸钙等体质颜料;以及碱性染料、酸性染料、及媒染染料等染料。A hue adjustment layer is a layer which has a hue adjustment function, and is a layer which can adjust the laminated body containing an optical film to a target hue. The hue-adjusting layer is, for example, a layer containing a resin and a colorant. Examples of the colorant include inorganic pigments such as titanium oxide, zinc oxide, red iron oxide, titanium oxide-based fired pigments, ultramarine blue, cobalt aluminate, and carbon black; azo-based compounds and quinacridone-based compounds , organic pigments such as anthraquinone-based compounds, perylene-based compounds, isoindolinone-based compounds, phthalocyanine-based compounds, quinophthalone-based compounds, threne-based compounds, and diketopyrrolopyrrole-based compounds; sulfuric acid Barium, calcium carbonate and other extender pigments; and basic dyes, acid dyes, and mordant dyes and other dyes.

折射率调节层为具有调节折射率的功能的层,例如为具有与光学膜不同的折射率、能向光学层叠体赋予规定的折射率的层。折射率调节层例如可以为含有适当选择的树脂、及根据情况进一步含有颜料的树脂层,也可以为金属的薄膜。作为调节折射率的颜料,可举出例如氧化硅、氧化铝、氧化锑、氧化锡、氧化钛、氧化锆及氧化钽。该颜料的平均一次粒径可以为0.1μm以下。通过使颜料的平均一次粒径为0.1μm以下,能防止透过折射率调节层的光的漫反射,能防止透明度的下降。作为折射率调节层中可使用的金属,可举出例如氧化钛、氧化钽、氧化锆、氧化锌、氧化锡、氧化硅、氧化铟、氮氧化钛、氮化钛、氮氧化硅、氮化硅等金属氧化物或金属氮化物。The refractive index adjusting layer is a layer having a function of adjusting the refractive index, and is, for example, a layer having a refractive index different from that of the optical film and capable of imparting a predetermined refractive index to the optical laminate. The refractive index adjustment layer may be, for example, a resin layer containing appropriately selected resin and, in some cases, a pigment, or may be a metal thin film. Examples of pigments for adjusting the refractive index include silica, alumina, antimony oxide, tin oxide, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, and tantalum oxide. The average primary particle size of the pigment may be 0.1 μm or less. By setting the average primary particle diameter of the pigment to be 0.1 μm or less, diffuse reflection of light transmitted through the refractive index adjustment layer can be prevented, and a decrease in transparency can be prevented. Examples of metals that can be used in the refractive index adjusting layer include titanium oxide, tantalum oxide, zirconium oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, silicon oxide, indium oxide, titanium oxynitride, titanium nitride, silicon oxynitride, and nitride. Metal oxides or metal nitrides such as silicon.

本发明的光学膜可以为单层,也可以为层叠体,例如可直接使用按照上述方式制造的光学膜,进而也可以以与其他膜的层叠体的形式使用。The optical film of the present invention may be a single layer or a laminate. For example, the optical film produced as described above may be used as it is, or may be used as a laminate with other films.

本发明的一个实施方式中,光学膜可以在至少一个面(一面或两面)上具有保护膜。例如,在光学膜的一面具有功能层的情况下,保护膜可以被层叠于光学膜侧的表面或功能层侧的表面,也可被层叠于光学膜侧和功能层侧这两方。在光学膜的两面具有功能层的情况下,保护膜可以被层叠在一方的功能层侧的表面,也可被层叠在两方的功能层侧的表面。保护膜是用于暂时地对光学膜或功能层的表面进行保护的膜,没有特别限制,只要是能保护光学膜或功能层的表面的可剥离的膜即可。作为保护膜,可举出例如聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚对苯二甲酸丁二醇酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯等聚酯系树脂膜;聚乙烯、聚丙烯膜等聚烯烃系树脂膜、丙烯酸系树脂膜等,优选从由聚烯烃系树脂膜、聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯系树脂膜及丙烯酸系树脂膜组成的组中选择。光学膜具有2个保护膜时,各保护膜可以相同也可以不同。In one embodiment of the present invention, the optical film may have a protective film on at least one side (one side or both sides). For example, when the optical film has a functional layer on one surface, the protective film may be laminated on the optical film side surface or the functional layer side surface, or may be laminated on both the optical film side and the functional layer side. When the optical film has functional layers on both surfaces, the protective film may be laminated on the surface on the side of one functional layer, or may be laminated on the surface on the side of both functional layers. The protective film is a film for temporarily protecting the surface of the optical film or the functional layer, and is not particularly limited as long as it is a peelable film that can protect the surface of the optical film or the functional layer. Examples of the protective film include polyester-based resin films such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and polyethylene naphthalate; polyethylene, polypropylene films, and the like The polyolefin-based resin film, the acrylic resin film, and the like are preferably selected from the group consisting of a polyolefin-based resin film, a polyethylene terephthalate-based resin film, and an acrylic resin film. When an optical film has two protective films, each protective film may be the same or different.

保护膜的厚度没有特别限制,通常为10~120μm,优选为15~110μm,更优选为20~100μm。光学膜具有2个保护膜时,各保护膜的厚度可以相同也可以不同。The thickness of the protective film is not particularly limited, but is usually 10 to 120 μm, preferably 15 to 110 μm, and more preferably 20 to 100 μm. When an optical film has two protective films, the thickness of each protective film may be the same or different.

本发明的优选的一个实施方式中,本发明的光学膜作为显示装置的前面板、尤其是柔性显示装置的前面板(以下,有时称为窗膜)有用。柔性显示装置例如具有柔性功能层、和层叠于柔性功能层而作为前面板发挥功能的光学膜。即,柔性显示装置的前面板被配置于柔性功能层上的观看侧。该前面板具有保护柔性功能层的功能。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the optical film of the present invention is useful as a front panel of a display device, particularly a front panel of a flexible display device (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a window film). A flexible display device has, for example, a flexible functional layer and an optical film laminated on the flexible functional layer and functioning as a front panel. That is, the front panel of the flexible display device is arranged on the viewing side on the flexible functional layer. The front panel has the function of protecting the flexible functional layer.

作为显示装置,可举出电视机、智能手机、移动电话、汽车导航、平板PC、便携游戏机、电子纸、指示器、公告牌、钟表、及智能手表等可穿戴设备等。作为柔性显示装置,可举出具有柔性特性的所有显示装置、尤其优选可折弯的、可折叠的显示装置、可卷曲的显示装置。Examples of display devices include televisions, smartphones, mobile phones, car navigation, tablet PCs, portable game consoles, electronic paper, indicators, bulletin boards, clocks, and wearable devices such as smart watches. Examples of the flexible display device include all display devices having flexible properties, particularly preferably a bendable, foldable display device, and a rollable display device.

[柔性显示装置][Flexible Display Device]

本发明还提供具备本发明的光学膜的柔性显示装置。本发明的光学膜优选在柔性显示装置中作为前面板使用,该前面板有时被称为窗膜。该柔性显示装置由柔性显示装置用层叠体和有机EL显示面板形成,柔性显示装置用层叠体被配置于有机EL显示面板的观看侧,以可折弯方式构成。柔性显示装置用层叠体可含有窗膜、偏光板(优选圆偏光板)、触摸传感器,它们的层叠顺序是任意的,优选从观看侧起按窗膜、偏光板、触摸传感器的顺序或按窗膜、触摸传感器、偏光板的顺序层叠。若在触摸传感器的观看侧存在偏光板,则触摸传感器的图案将难以被观察到,显示图像的视觉辨认性变得良好,因而优选。各构件可使用粘接剂、粘合剂等进行层叠。另外,可具备在前述窗膜、偏光板、触摸传感器中的任一层的至少一面上形成的遮光图案。The present invention also provides a flexible display device including the optical film of the present invention. The optical film of the present invention is preferably used in a flexible display device as a front panel, which is sometimes referred to as a window film. The flexible display device is formed of a laminate for a flexible display device and an organic EL display panel, and the laminate for a flexible display device is arranged on the viewing side of the organic EL display panel and is configured to be foldable. The laminate for a flexible display device may contain a window film, a polarizing plate (preferably a circular polarizing plate), and a touch sensor, and the lamination order of these may be arbitrary, but the order of the window film, polarizing plate, touch sensor, or window is preferred from the viewing side The film, the touch sensor, and the polarizing plate are stacked in this order. When a polarizing plate is present on the viewing side of the touch sensor, the pattern of the touch sensor is difficult to be observed, and the visibility of the displayed image becomes good, which is preferable. The respective members may be laminated using an adhesive, an adhesive, or the like. In addition, a light-shielding pattern formed on at least one surface of any one of the above-mentioned window film, polarizing plate, and touch sensor may be provided.

[偏光板][polarizing plate]

本发明的柔性显示装置可以还具备偏光板、优选圆偏光板。圆偏光板是通过在直线偏光板上层叠λ/4相位差板而具有仅使右旋或左旋圆偏振光成分透过的功能的功能层。例如可用于:将外界光线转换为右旋圆偏振光,将被有机EL面板反射而成为左旋圆偏振光的外界光线阻断,仅使有机EL的发光成分透过,由此抑制反射光的影响,从而使得容易观看图像。为了达成圆偏振光功能,直线偏光板的吸收轴与λ/4相位差板的慢轴理论上需要为45°,但在实际应用中为45±10°。直线偏光板与λ/4相位差板并非必须相邻层叠,吸收轴与慢轴的关系满足前述的范围即可。优选在全部波长下达成完全的圆偏振光,但在实际应用中并非必须如此,因此,本发明中的圆偏光板也包括椭圆偏光板。也优选在直线偏光板的观看侧进一步层叠λ/4相位差膜,使出射光成为圆偏振光,由此提高佩戴偏光太阳镜的状态下的视觉辨认性。The flexible display device of the present invention may further include a polarizing plate, preferably a circular polarizing plate. The circularly polarizing plate is a functional layer having a function of transmitting only a right-handed or left-handed circularly polarized light component by stacking a λ/4 retardation plate on a linearly polarizing plate. For example, it can be used to convert external light into right-handed circularly polarized light, block the external light that is reflected by the organic EL panel and become left-handed circularly polarized light, and only transmit the light-emitting component of the organic EL, thereby suppressing the influence of reflected light , thereby making it easy to view the image. In order to achieve the function of circularly polarized light, the absorption axis of the linear polarizer and the slow axis of the λ/4 retardation plate need to be 45° in theory, but 45±10° in practical applications. The linear polarizer and the λ/4 retardation plate do not necessarily have to be stacked adjacent to each other, and the relationship between the absorption axis and the slow axis may satisfy the aforementioned range. It is preferable to achieve complete circularly polarized light at all wavelengths, but this is not necessary in practical applications. Therefore, the circularly polarizing plate in the present invention also includes an elliptically polarizing plate. It is also preferable that a λ/4 retardation film is further laminated on the viewing side of the linear polarizing plate to make the outgoing light circularly polarized, thereby improving visibility in a state of wearing polarized sunglasses.

直线偏光板是具有下述功能的功能层:使在透射轴方向发生振动的光通过、而将与其垂直的振动成分的偏振光阻断。前述直线偏光板可以是单独的直线偏光片或具备直线偏光片及被贴合在其至少一面上的保护膜的结构。前述直线偏光板的厚度可以为200μm以下,优选为0.5~100μm。厚度在前述的范围内时,存在柔软性不易下降的倾向。The linear polarizer is a functional layer having a function of passing light vibrating in the direction of the transmission axis and blocking polarized light of a vibration component perpendicular thereto. The linear polarizer may be a single linear polarizer or a structure including a linear polarizer and a protective film bonded to at least one surface of the linear polarizer. The thickness of the linear polarizing plate may be 200 μm or less, and preferably 0.5 to 100 μm. When the thickness is within the aforementioned range, there is a tendency that the flexibility is not easily reduced.

前述直线偏光片可以是通过对聚乙烯醇(PVA)系膜进行染色、拉伸而制造的膜型偏光片。通过在经拉伸而发生了取向的PVA系膜上吸附碘等二色性色素,或者在吸附于PVA上的状态下进行拉伸从而使二色性色素发生取向,可发挥偏光性能。前述膜型偏光片的制造中,还可以具有溶胀、基于硼酸的交联、基于水溶液的洗涤、干燥等工序。拉伸、染色工序可以以单独的PVA系膜的形式进行,也可在与聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯这样的其他膜层叠的状态下进行。使用的PVA系膜的厚度优选为10~100μm,拉伸倍率优选为2~10倍。The aforementioned linear polarizer may be a film-type polarizer produced by dyeing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA)-based film. The polarizing performance can be exhibited by adsorbing a dichroic dye such as iodine on the PVA-based film oriented by stretching, or by stretching the dichroic dye in a state of being adsorbed on PVA to orient the dichroic dye. In the production of the above-mentioned film-type polarizer, steps such as swelling, crosslinking by boric acid, washing by aqueous solution, and drying may be further included. The stretching and dyeing process may be performed as a PVA-based film alone, or may be performed in a state of being laminated with another film such as polyethylene terephthalate. The thickness of the PVA-type film to be used is preferably 10 to 100 μm, and the stretching ratio is preferably 2 to 10 times.

此外,作为前述偏光片的另一例,可以是涂布液晶偏光组合物而形成的液晶涂布型偏光片。前述液晶偏光组合物可包含液晶性化合物及二色性色素化合物。前述液晶性化合物具有呈现液晶状态的性质即可,尤其是在具有近晶相等高阶取向状态时,能发挥高的偏光性能,因而优选。另外,液晶性化合物还优选具有聚合性官能团。Moreover, as another example of the said polarizer, the liquid crystal coating type polarizer formed by apply|coating a liquid crystal polarizing composition may be sufficient. The liquid crystal polarizing composition may contain a liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye compound. The above-mentioned liquid crystalline compound only needs to have a property of exhibiting a liquid crystal state, and it is preferable that it exhibits a high polarization performance especially when it has a high-order alignment state such as smectic. In addition, the liquid crystal compound preferably has a polymerizable functional group.

前述二色性色素是与前述液晶化合物一同取向而显示二色性的色素,并且二色性色素本身可以具有液晶性,也可具有聚合性官能团。液晶偏光组合物中的任一种化合物具有聚合性官能团。The dichroic dye is a dye that is aligned together with the liquid crystal compound and exhibits dichroism, and the dichroic dye itself may have liquid crystallinity or a polymerizable functional group. Any compound in the liquid crystal polarizing composition has a polymerizable functional group.

前述液晶偏光组合物可以还包含引发剂、溶剂、分散剂、流平剂、稳定剂、表面活性剂、交联剂、硅烷偶联剂等。The aforementioned liquid crystal polarizing composition may further contain an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a crosslinking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.

前述液晶偏光层通过在取向膜上涂布液晶偏光组合物而形成液晶偏光层从而制造。The said liquid crystal polarizing layer is manufactured by apply|coating a liquid crystal polarizing composition on an alignment film, and forming a liquid crystal polarizing layer.

与膜型偏光片相比,液晶偏光层能形成较薄的厚度。前述液晶偏光层的厚度可以优选为0.5~10μm,更优选为1~5μm。Compared with the film-type polarizer, the liquid crystal polarizing layer can be formed with a thinner thickness. The thickness of the liquid crystal polarizing layer may preferably be 0.5 to 10 μm, and more preferably 1 to 5 μm.

前述取向膜例如可通过以下方式制造:在基材上涂布取向膜形成组合物,通过摩擦、偏振光照射等而赋予取向性。对于前述取向膜形成组合物而言,除了取向剂之外,还可包含溶剂、交联剂、引发剂、分散剂、流平剂、硅烷偶联剂等。作为前述取向剂,例如可使用聚乙烯醇类、聚丙烯酸酯类、聚酰胺酸类、聚酰亚胺类。在应用光取向的情况下,优选使用包含肉桂酸酯基(cinnamate group)的取向剂。可作为前述取向剂使用的高分子的重均分子量可以为10,000~1,000,000左右。从取向限制力的观点考虑,前述取向膜的厚度优选为5~10,000nm,更优选为10~500nm。对于前述液晶偏光层而言,可从基材剥离后进行转印而进行层叠,也可直接层叠前述基材。还优选前述基材发挥作为保护膜、相位差板、窗的透明基材的作用。The said alignment film can be manufactured by apply|coating an alignment film forming composition on a base material, and providing orientation by rubbing, polarized light irradiation, etc., for example. The composition for forming an alignment film may contain, in addition to the alignment agent, a solvent, a crosslinking agent, an initiator, a dispersing agent, a leveling agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like. As the aforementioned alignment agent, for example, polyvinyl alcohols, polyacrylates, polyamic acids, and polyimides can be used. In the case of applying photo-alignment, an alignment agent containing a cinnamate group is preferably used. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer which can be used as the said alignment agent may be about 10,000-1,000,000. From the viewpoint of the alignment regulating force, the thickness of the alignment film is preferably 5 to 10,000 nm, and more preferably 10 to 500 nm. The liquid crystal polarizing layer may be laminated after being peeled from the base material, or the base material may be directly laminated. It is also preferable that the base material functions as a transparent base material for a protective film, a retardation plate, and a window.

作为前述保护膜,为透明的高分子膜即可,可使用可用于前述透明基材的材料、添加剂。优选纤维素系膜、烯烃系膜、丙烯酸系膜、聚酯系膜。可以是涂布环氧树脂等阳离子固化组合物、丙烯酸酯等自由基固化组合物并使其固化而得到的涂布型保护膜。根据需要,可包含增塑剂、紫外线吸收剂、红外线吸收剂、颜料、染料这样的着色剂、荧光增白剂、分散剂、热稳定剂、光稳定剂、防静电剂、抗氧化剂、润滑剂、溶剂等。前述保护膜的厚度可以为200μm以下,优选为1~100μm。前述保护膜的厚度在前述的范围内时,保护膜的柔软性不易下降。保护膜也可兼具窗的透明基材的作用。As said protective film, what is necessary is just to be a transparent polymer film, and the material and additive which can be used for the said transparent base material can be used. Cellulose-based films, olefin-based films, acrylic-based films, and polyester-based films are preferred. It may be a coating-type protective film obtained by coating and curing a cationic curing composition such as epoxy resin or a radical curing composition such as acrylate. If necessary, plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, pigments, colorants such as dyes, optical brighteners, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, and lubricants may be contained , solvent, etc. The thickness of the said protective film may be 200 micrometers or less, Preferably it is 1-100 micrometers. When the thickness of the said protective film is in the said range, the flexibility of a protective film is hard to fall. The protective film may also function as a transparent substrate for the window.

前述λ/4相位差板是在与入射光的行进方向垂直的方向(膜的面内方向)上赋予λ/4的相位差的膜。前述λ/4相位差板可以是通过对纤维素系膜、烯烃系膜、聚碳酸酯系膜等高分子膜进行拉伸而制造的拉伸型相位差板。根据需要,可包含相位差调节剂、增塑剂、紫外线吸收剂、红外线吸收剂、颜料、染料这样的着色剂、荧光增白剂、分散剂、热稳定剂、光稳定剂、防静电剂、抗氧化剂、润滑剂、溶剂等。前述拉伸型相位差板的厚度可以为200μm以下,优选为1~100μm。厚度为前述的范围内时,存在膜的柔软性不易下降的倾向。The aforementioned λ/4 retardation plate is a film that provides a retardation of λ/4 in the direction perpendicular to the advancing direction of the incident light (the in-plane direction of the film). The aforementioned λ/4 retardation plate may be a stretched retardation plate produced by stretching a polymer film such as a cellulose-based film, an olefin-based film, and a polycarbonate-based film. As needed, retardation modifiers, plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, pigments, colorants such as dyes, optical brighteners, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, Antioxidants, lubricants, solvents, etc. The thickness of the stretched retardation plate may be 200 μm or less, and preferably 1 to 100 μm. When the thickness is within the aforementioned range, there is a tendency that the flexibility of the film is less likely to decrease.

此外,作为前述λ/4相位差板的另一例,可以是涂布液晶组合物而形成的液晶涂布型相位差板。前述液晶组合物包含具有显示向列型、胆甾型、近晶型等的液晶状态的性质的液晶性化合物。液晶组合物中的包括液晶性化合物在内的任一种化合物具有聚合性官能团。前述液晶涂布型相位差板可以还包含引发剂、溶剂、分散剂、流平剂、稳定剂、表面活性剂、交联剂、硅烷偶联剂等。前述液晶涂布型相位差板可与前述液晶偏光层中的记载同样地通过在取向膜上涂布液晶组合物并使其固化而形成液晶相位差层从而制造。与拉伸型相位差板相比,液晶涂布型相位差板能形成较薄的厚度。前述液晶偏光层的厚度通常可以为0.5~10μm、优选1~5μm。对于前述液晶涂布型相位差板而言,可从基材剥离后进行转印而进行层叠,也可直接层叠前述基材。还优选前述基材发挥作为保护膜、相位差板、窗的透明基材的作用。Moreover, as another example of the said λ/4 retardation plate, the liquid crystal coating-type retardation plate formed by apply|coating a liquid crystal composition may be sufficient. The liquid crystal composition includes a liquid crystal compound having a property of exhibiting a liquid crystal state such as nematic, cholesteric, and smectic. Any compound including a liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition has a polymerizable functional group. The aforementioned liquid crystal coating type retardation plate may further contain an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a crosslinking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like. The said liquid crystal coating-type retardation plate can be manufactured by apply|coating a liquid crystal composition on an alignment film, and hardening, and forming a liquid crystal retardation layer similarly to the description of the said liquid crystal polarizing layer. Compared with the stretched retardation film, the liquid crystal coated retardation film can be formed with a thinner thickness. The thickness of the liquid crystal polarizing layer can be usually 0.5 to 10 μm, preferably 1 to 5 μm. The said liquid crystal coating type retardation plate may be laminated|stacked by transfer after peeling from a base material, and the said base material may be laminated|stacked as it is. It is also preferable that the base material functions as a transparent base material for a protective film, a retardation plate, and a window.

通常,波长越短则双折射越大、波长越长则显示越小的双折射的材料较多。这种情况下,无法在全部可见光区域达成λ/4的相位差,因此,常常以在可见度高的560nm附近成为λ/4那样的面内相位差成为100~180nm、优选130~150nm的方式设计。使用利用了具有与通常相反的双折射率波长分散特性的材料的逆分散λ/4相位差板时,能够使视觉辨认性良好,因而优选。作为这样的材料,在拉伸型相位差板的情况下,也优选使用日本特开2007-232873号公报等中记载的材料,在液晶涂布型相位差板的情况下,也优选使用日本特开2010-30979号公报中记载的材料。In general, the shorter the wavelength, the greater the birefringence, and the longer the wavelength, the smaller the birefringence is, there are many materials. In this case, since the retardation of λ/4 cannot be achieved in the entire visible light region, it is often designed so that the in-plane retardation becomes 100 to 180 nm, preferably 130 to 150 nm, such that the in-plane retardation becomes λ/4 in the vicinity of 560 nm, where the visibility is high. . It is preferable to use a reverse dispersion λ/4 retardation plate using a material having a birefringence wavelength dispersion characteristic opposite to that of usual, since visibility can be improved. As such a material, also in the case of a stretched retardation plate, it is preferable to use the material described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-232873, etc., and in the case of a liquid crystal coating type retardation plate, it is preferable to use the The material described in the publication No. 2010-30979.

另外,作为其他方法,通过与λ/2相位差板组合而得到宽带域λ/4相位差板的技术也是已知的(日本特开平10-90521号公报)。λ/2相位差板也可利用与λ/4相位差板同样的材料方法制造。拉伸型相位差板与液晶涂布型相位差板的组合是任意的,均使用液晶涂布型相位差板时能够使厚度变薄,因而优选。In addition, as another method, a technique for obtaining a wide-band λ/4 phase difference plate by combining with a λ/2 phase difference plate is also known (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-90521). The λ/2 retardation plate can also be manufactured using the same material method as the λ/4 retardation plate. The combination of a stretched retardation plate and a liquid crystal coating type retardation plate is arbitrary, and it is preferable to use a liquid crystal coating type retardation plate because the thickness can be reduced.

对于前述圆偏光板,为了提高倾斜方向的视觉辨认性,层叠正C板的方法也是已知的(日本特开2014-224837号公报)。正C板同样可以是液晶涂布型相位差板,也可以是拉伸型相位差板。厚度方向的相位差通常为-200~-20nm、优选-140~-40nm。For the aforementioned circularly polarizing plate, in order to improve the visibility in the oblique direction, a method of laminating a positive C plate is also known (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-224837). The positive C plate can also be a liquid crystal coating type retardation plate or a stretched type retardation plate. The retardation in the thickness direction is usually -200 to -20 nm, preferably -140 to -40 nm.

[触摸传感器][touch sensor]

本发明的柔性显示装置可以还具备触摸传感器。触摸传感器可作为输入机构使用。作为触摸传感器,提出了电阻膜方式、表面弹性波方式、红外线方式、电磁感应方式、静电电容方式等各种方式,可以是任意方式。其中,优选静电电容方式。静电电容方式的触摸传感器可被分为活性区域及位于前述活性区域的外围部的非活性区域。活性区域是与显示面板上显示画面的区域(显示部)对应的区域,是感应使用者的触摸的区域,非活性区域是与显示装置中不显示画面的区域(非显示部)对应的区域。触摸传感器可包括:具有柔性特性的基板;被形成在前述基板的活性区域的感应图案;和被形成在前述基板的非活性区域、并且用于将前述感应图案介由焊盘(pad)部与外部的驱动电路连接的各传感线。作为具有柔性特性的基板,可使用与前述窗的透明基板同样的材料。对于触摸传感器的基板而言,从抑制触摸传感器的裂纹的方面考虑,优选其韧性为2,000MPa%以上。可以更优选韧性为2,000~30,000MPa%。此处,韧性被定义为在通过高分子材料的拉伸实验而得到的应力(MPa)-应变(%)曲线(Stress-strain curve)中、直至破坏点为止的曲线的下部面积。The flexible display device of the present invention may further include a touch sensor. A touch sensor can be used as an input mechanism. As the touch sensor, various methods such as a resistive film method, a surface acoustic wave method, an infrared method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an electrostatic capacitance method have been proposed, and any method may be used. Among them, the electrostatic capacitance method is preferable. The capacitive touch sensor can be divided into an active area and an inactive area located at the periphery of the active area. The active area is an area corresponding to an area (display portion) on the display panel that displays a screen, and is an area that senses the user's touch, and the inactive area is an area corresponding to an area (non-display portion) of the display device that does not display a screen. The touch sensor may include: a substrate having flexible properties; a sensing pattern formed on an active area of the substrate; and an inactive area formed on the substrate for connecting the sensing pattern with the sensing pattern via a pad portion Each sensing line connected to an external drive circuit. As the substrate having flexible properties, the same material as the transparent substrate of the aforementioned window can be used. The substrate of the touch sensor preferably has a toughness of 2,000 MPa% or more from the viewpoint of suppressing cracks in the touch sensor. The toughness may be more preferably 2,000 to 30,000 MPa%. Here, toughness is defined as the lower area of the curve up to the point of failure in a stress (MPa)-strain (%) curve (Stress-strain curve) obtained by a tensile test of a polymer material.

前述感应图案可具备沿第1方向形成的第1图案及沿第2方向形成的第2图案。第1图案与第2图案沿相互不同的方向被配置。第1图案及第2图案被形成在同一层,为了感应被触摸的位置,各图案必须被电连接。第1图案为各单元图案介由接头相互连接而成的形态,第2图案成为各单元图案相互分离成岛形态而成的结构,因此,为了将第2图案电连接,需要另外的桥电极。感应图案可应用公知的透明电极原材料。可举出例如铟锡氧化物(ITO)、铟锌氧化物(IZO)、锌氧化物(ZnO)、铟锌锡氧化物(IZTO)、铟镓锌氧化物(IGZO)、镉锡氧化物(CTO)、PEDOT(poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene),聚(3,4-亚乙二氧基噻吩))、碳纳米管(CNT)、石墨烯、金属丝等,它们可以单独使用或混合2种以上而使用。优选可使用ITO。可用于金属丝的金属没有特别限制,可举出例如银、金、铝、铜、铁、镍、钛、硒、铬等。它们可以单独使用或混合2种以上而使用。The sensing pattern may include a first pattern formed along the first direction and a second pattern formed along the second direction. The first pattern and the second pattern are arranged in mutually different directions. The first pattern and the second pattern are formed on the same layer, and in order to sense the touched position, the patterns must be electrically connected. The first pattern has a configuration in which the unit patterns are connected to each other through joints, and the second pattern has a configuration in which the unit patterns are separated from each other in an island form. Therefore, separate bridge electrodes are required to electrically connect the second patterns. A known transparent electrode raw material can be applied to the sensing pattern. For example, indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), zinc oxide (ZnO), indium zinc tin oxide (IZTO), indium gallium zinc oxide (IGZO), cadmium tin oxide ( CTO), PEDOT (poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene), poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)), carbon nanotubes (CNT), graphene, wire, etc., which can be used alone or mixed 2 Use more than one species. Preferably ITO can be used. The metal that can be used for the wire is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silver, gold, aluminum, copper, iron, nickel, titanium, selenium, chromium, and the like. These can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

桥电极可在感应图案上部隔着绝缘层形成在前述绝缘层上部,在基板上形成有桥电极,可在其上形成绝缘层及感应图案。前述桥电极可由与感应图案相同的原材料形成,也可由钼、银、铝、铜、钯、金、铂、锌、锡、钛或它们中的2种以上的合金等金属形成。第1图案与第2图案必须电绝缘,因此,在感应图案与桥电极之间形成绝缘层。绝缘层可以仅形成在第1图案的接头与桥电极之间,也可形成为覆盖感应图案的层的结构。在后者的情况下,桥电极可介由在绝缘层上形成的接触孔将第2图案连接。对于前述触摸传感器而言,作为用于适当地补偿形成了图案的图案区域、与未形成图案的非图案区域间的透过率之差(具体为由这些区域中的折射率之差引起的透光率之差)的手段,可在基板与电极之间进一步包含光学调节层,前述光学调节层可包含无机绝缘物质或有机绝缘物质。光学调节层可通过将包含光固化性有机粘结剂及溶剂的光固化组合物涂布于基板上而形成。前述光固化组合物可以还包含无机粒子。可通过前述无机粒子来提高光学调节层的折射率。The bridge electrode may be formed on the upper part of the above-mentioned insulating layer via an insulating layer on the upper part of the sensing pattern, and the bridge electrode may be formed on the substrate, and the insulating layer and the sensing pattern may be formed thereon. The bridge electrode may be formed of the same material as the sensing pattern, or may be formed of a metal such as molybdenum, silver, aluminum, copper, palladium, gold, platinum, zinc, tin, titanium, or an alloy of two or more of these. The first pattern and the second pattern must be electrically insulated, so an insulating layer is formed between the sensing pattern and the bridge electrode. The insulating layer may be formed only between the contact of the first pattern and the bridge electrode, or may be formed to cover the layer of the sensing pattern. In the latter case, the bridge electrode may connect the second pattern through a contact hole formed in the insulating layer. In the aforementioned touch sensor, as a method for appropriately compensating the difference in transmittance between the patterned area and the non-patterned area (specifically, the transmittance caused by the difference in refractive index in these areas) An optical adjustment layer may be further included between the substrate and the electrode, and the optical adjustment layer may include an inorganic insulating substance or an organic insulating substance. The optical adjustment layer can be formed by apply|coating the photocurable composition containing a photocurable organic binder and a solvent on a board|substrate. The aforementioned photocurable composition may further contain inorganic particles. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer can be increased by the aforementioned inorganic particles.

前述光固化性有机粘结剂例如可包含丙烯酸酯系单体、苯乙烯系单体、羧酸系单体等各单体的共聚物。前述光固化性有机粘结剂例如可以为包含含有环氧基的重复单元、丙烯酸酯重复单元、羧酸重复单元等相互不同的各重复单元的共聚物。The said photocurable organic binder can contain the copolymer of each monomer, such as an acrylate type monomer, a styrene type monomer, and a carboxylic acid type monomer, for example. The aforementioned photocurable organic binder may be, for example, a copolymer containing repeating units different from each other, such as an epoxy group-containing repeating unit, an acrylate repeating unit, and a carboxylic acid repeating unit.

前述无机粒子例如可包含二氧化锆粒子、二氧化钛粒子、氧化铝粒子等。前述光固化组合物也可还包含光聚合引发剂、聚合性单体、固化辅助剂等各添加剂。The aforementioned inorganic particles may contain, for example, zirconium dioxide particles, titanium dioxide particles, alumina particles, and the like. The said photocurable composition may further contain each additive, such as a photoinitiator, a polymerizable monomer, and a curing adjuvant.

[粘接层][adhesive layer]

形成前述柔性显示装置用层叠体的各层(窗、偏光板、触摸传感器)以及构成各层的膜构件(直线偏光板、λ/4相位差板等)可通过粘接剂来粘接。作为粘接剂,可使用水系粘接剂、有机溶剂系粘接剂、无溶剂系粘接剂、固体粘接剂、溶剂挥发型粘接剂、水系溶剂挥发型粘接剂、湿气固化型粘接剂、加热固化型粘接剂、厌氧固化型粘接剂、活性能量射线固化型粘接剂、固化剂混合型粘接剂、热熔融型粘接剂、压敏型粘接剂(粘合剂)、再湿型粘接剂等通常使用的粘接剂。其中,常用水系溶剂挥发型粘接剂、活性能量射线固化型粘接剂、粘合剂。粘接层的厚度可根据所要求的粘接力等适当调节,例如为0.01~500μm,优选为0.1~300μm。粘接层可在前述柔性显示装置用层叠体中存在多层,各自的厚度及使用的粘接剂的种类可以相同也可以不同。Each layer (window, polarizer, touch sensor) forming the laminate for a flexible display device and film members (linear polarizer, λ/4 retardation plate, etc.) constituting each layer can be bonded by an adhesive. As the adhesive, water-based adhesives, organic solvent-based adhesives, solvent-free adhesives, solid adhesives, solvent-volatile adhesives, water-based solvent-volatile adhesives, and moisture-curable adhesives can be used. Adhesives, heat-curable adhesives, anaerobic-curable adhesives, active energy ray-curable adhesives, curing agent-mixed adhesives, hot-melt adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives ( Adhesives), re-wet adhesives and other commonly used adhesives. Among them, water-based solvent-volatile adhesives, active energy ray-curable adhesives, and adhesives are commonly used. The thickness of the adhesive layer can be appropriately adjusted according to the required adhesive force and the like, and is, for example, 0.01 to 500 μm, preferably 0.1 to 300 μm. The adhesive layer may exist in a plurality of layers in the laminate for a flexible display device, and the thickness of each layer and the type of the adhesive used may be the same or different.

作为前述水系溶剂挥发型粘接剂,可使用聚乙烯醇系聚合物、淀粉等水溶性聚合物、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯系乳液、苯乙烯-丁二烯系乳液等水分散状态的聚合物作为主剂聚合物。除了水、前述主剂聚合物之外,还可以配合交联剂、硅烷系化合物、离子性化合物、交联催化剂、抗氧化剂、染料、颜料、无机填料、有机溶剂等。通过前述水系溶剂挥发型粘接剂进行粘接的情况下,可以将前述水系溶剂挥发型粘接剂注入至被粘接层间,将被粘接层贴合后进行干燥,由此赋予粘接性。使用前述水系溶剂挥发型粘接剂时的粘接层的厚度可以为0.01~10μm、优选0.1~1μm。将前述水系溶剂挥发型粘接剂用于多层的形成时,各层的厚度及前述粘接剂的种类可以相同也可以不同。As the aforementioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive, polyvinyl alcohol-based polymers, water-soluble polymers such as starch, and polymers in a water-dispersed state such as ethylene-vinyl acetate-based emulsions and styrene-butadiene-based emulsions can be used. main agent polymer. In addition to water and the aforementioned main ingredient polymer, a cross-linking agent, a silane-based compound, an ionic compound, a cross-linking catalyst, an antioxidant, a dye, a pigment, an inorganic filler, an organic solvent, and the like may be blended. In the case of adhering with the aforementioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive, the aforementioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive can be injected between the layers to be adhered, and the layers to be bonded can be pasted together and then dried to provide adhesion. sex. The thickness of the adhesive layer in the case of using the aforementioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive may be 0.01 to 10 μm, preferably 0.1 to 1 μm. When the aforementioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive is used for the formation of multiple layers, the thickness of each layer and the type of the aforementioned adhesive may be the same or different.

前述活性能量射线固化型粘接剂可通过活性能量射线固化组合物的固化而形成,所述活性能量射线固化组合物包含能通过照射活性能量射线而形成粘接剂层的反应性材料。前述活性能量射线固化组合物可含有与硬涂层组合物同样的自由基聚合性化合物及阳离子聚合性化合物中的至少1种的聚合物。前文所谓自由基聚合性化合物,与硬涂层组合物同样,可使用与硬涂层组合物同样的种类的自由基聚合性化合物。作为粘接层中可使用的自由基聚合性化合物,优选具有丙烯酰基的化合物。为了降低作为粘接剂组合物的粘度,还优选包含单官能的化合物。The aforementioned active energy ray-curable adhesive can be formed by curing an active energy ray-curable composition containing a reactive material capable of forming an adhesive layer by irradiating an active energy ray. The said active energy ray hardening composition may contain the polymer of at least 1 sort(s) of radical polymerizable compound and cationic polymerizable compound similar to a hard-coat composition. The aforementioned radically polymerizable compound can be used in the same manner as the hard coat composition, and the same type of radical polymerizable compound as the hard coat composition can be used. As a radical polymerizable compound which can be used for an adhesive layer, the compound which has an acryl group is preferable. In order to reduce the viscosity as an adhesive composition, it is also preferable to contain a monofunctional compound.

前述阳离子聚合性化合物与硬涂层组合物同样,可使用与硬涂层组合物同样的种类的阳离子聚合性化合物。作为活性能量射线固化组合物中可使用的阳离子聚合性化合物,优选环氧化合物。为了降低粘接剂组合物的粘度,还优选包含单官能的化合物作为反应性稀释剂。The aforementioned cationically polymerizable compound is the same as that of the hard coat layer composition, and the same kind of cationically polymerizable compound as the hard coat layer composition can be used. As the cationically polymerizable compound that can be used in the active energy ray-curable composition, an epoxy compound is preferable. In order to reduce the viscosity of an adhesive composition, it is also preferable to contain a monofunctional compound as a reactive diluent.

在活性能量射线组合物中,可以还包含聚合引发剂。作为聚合引发剂,为自由基聚合引发剂、阳离子聚合引发剂、自由基及阳离子聚合引发剂等,可适当选择使用。这些聚合引发剂是可通过活性能量射线照射及加热中的至少一种而被分解,产生自由基或阳离子从而使自由基聚合和阳离子聚合得以进行的物质。可使用硬涂层组合物的记载中的能通过活性能量射线照射而引发自由基聚合或阳离子聚合中的至少任一者的引发剂。In the active energy ray composition, a polymerization initiator may be further contained. The polymerization initiator includes a radical polymerization initiator, a cationic polymerization initiator, a radical and a cationic polymerization initiator, and the like, which can be appropriately selected and used. These polymerization initiators can be decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate radicals or cations, thereby enabling radical polymerization and cationic polymerization to proceed. An initiator capable of initiating at least any one of radical polymerization and cationic polymerization by active energy ray irradiation described in the description of the hard coat composition can be used.

前述活性能量射线固化组合物可以还包含离子捕获剂、抗氧化剂、链转移剂、密合赋予剂、热塑性树脂、填充剂、流动粘度调节剂、增塑剂、消泡剂、添加剂、溶剂。通过前述活性能量射线固化型粘接剂进行粘接的情况下,可以通过下述方式粘接:将前述活性能量射线固化组合物涂布于被粘接层的某一方或两方后贴合,透过某一方的被粘接层或两方的被粘接层照射活性能量射线而使其固化。使用前述活性能量射线固化型粘接剂时的粘接层的厚度可以为0.01~20μm、优选0.1~10μm。将前述活性能量射线固化型粘接剂用于多层的形成时,各层的厚度及使用的粘接剂的种类可以相同也可以不同。The aforementioned active energy ray-curable composition may further contain an ion trapping agent, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, an adhesion imparting agent, a thermoplastic resin, a filler, a fluid viscosity modifier, a plasticizer, an antifoaming agent, an additive, and a solvent. In the case of bonding with the active energy ray-curable adhesive, the bonding can be performed by applying the active energy ray-curable composition to one or both of the layers to be adhered, and then bonding, An active energy ray is irradiated through one to-be-adhered layer or both to-be-adhered layers, and it hardens|cures. The thickness of the adhesive layer when the active energy ray-curable adhesive is used may be 0.01 to 20 μm, preferably 0.1 to 10 μm. When the above-mentioned active energy ray-curable adhesive is used for the formation of multiple layers, the thickness of each layer and the type of the adhesive used may be the same or different.

作为前述粘合剂,根据主剂聚合物,可被分类为丙烯酸系粘合剂、氨基甲酸酯系粘合剂、橡胶系粘合剂、聚硅氧烷系粘合剂等,均可使用。粘合剂中,除了主剂聚合物之外,还可以配合交联剂、硅烷系化合物、离子性化合物、交联催化剂、抗氧化剂、赋粘剂、增塑剂、染料、颜料、无机填料等。将构成前述粘合剂的各成分溶解·分散于溶剂中而得到粘合剂组合物,将该粘合剂组合物涂布于基材上,然后使其干燥,由此,能形成粘合层(粘接层)。粘合层可以直接形成,也可将另行在基材上形成的粘合层进行转印。为了覆盖粘接前的粘合面,还优选使用脱模膜。使用前述粘合剂时的粘接层的厚度可以为1~500μm、优选2~300μm。将前述粘合剂用于多层的形成时,各层的厚度及使用的粘合剂的种类可以相同也可以不同。The aforementioned adhesives can be classified into acrylic adhesives, urethane-based adhesives, rubber-based adhesives, silicone-based adhesives, and the like according to the main ingredient polymer, and any of them can be used. . In the adhesive, in addition to the main polymer, crosslinking agents, silane-based compounds, ionic compounds, crosslinking catalysts, antioxidants, tackifiers, plasticizers, dyes, pigments, inorganic fillers, etc. . An adhesive layer can be formed by dissolving and dispersing each component constituting the adhesive in a solvent to obtain an adhesive composition, applying the adhesive composition on a substrate, and then drying it. (adhesive layer). The adhesive layer may be directly formed, or an adhesive layer formed separately on the substrate may be transferred. In order to cover the adhesive surface before bonding, it is also preferable to use a release film. The thickness of the adhesive layer in the case of using the above-mentioned adhesive may be 1 to 500 μm, preferably 2 to 300 μm. When the aforementioned adhesive is used for the formation of multiple layers, the thickness of each layer and the type of adhesive used may be the same or different.

[遮光图案][shading pattern]

前述遮光图案可作为前述柔性显示装置的边框(bezel)或外壳的至少一部分来应用。利用遮光图案将被配置在前述柔性显示装置的边缘部的布线隐藏,使其不易被观察到,从而使图像的视觉辨认性提高。前述遮光图案可以为单层或多层的形态。遮光图案的颜色没有特别限制,可具有黑色、白色、金属色等多种颜色。遮光图案可由用于呈现颜色的颜料、和丙烯酸系树脂、酯系树脂、环氧系树脂、聚氨酯、聚硅氧烷等高分子形成。它们可以单独使用,或者也可以以2种以上的混合物的形式使用。前述遮光图案可利用印刷、光刻、喷墨等各种方法形成。遮光图案的厚度通常为1~100μm,优选为2~50μm。另外,还优选向遮光图案的厚度方向赋予倾斜等形状。The aforementioned light-shielding pattern may be applied as at least a part of a bezel or a housing of the aforementioned flexible display device. The wiring arranged at the edge of the flexible display device is hidden by the light-shielding pattern so as to be difficult to be observed, thereby improving the visibility of the image. The aforementioned light shielding pattern may be in the form of a single layer or a multilayer. The color of the light-shielding pattern is not particularly limited, and may have various colors such as black, white, and metallic. The light-shielding pattern can be formed of a pigment for expressing color, and a polymer such as acrylic resin, ester resin, epoxy resin, polyurethane, and polysiloxane. These may be used individually, or may be used as a mixture of 2 or more types. The aforementioned light-shielding pattern can be formed by various methods such as printing, photolithography, and inkjet. The thickness of the light-shielding pattern is usually 1 to 100 μm, preferably 2 to 50 μm. In addition, it is also preferable to provide a shape such as an inclination in the thickness direction of the light-shielding pattern.

[实施例][Example]

以下,通过实施例进一步详细地说明本发明。对于例中的“%”及“份”而言,只要没有特别记载,是指质量%及质量份。首先,对评价方法进行说明。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in further detail by way of examples. Unless otherwise stated, "%" and "part" in an example mean mass % and mass part. First, the evaluation method will be described.

<弹性模量的测定><Measurement of elastic modulus>

使用(株)岛津制作所制“AUTOGRAPH AG-IS”,来测定实施例及比较例中得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺膜的弹性模量。制作长宽10mm幅面的膜,在夹头间距离为50mm、拉伸速度为10mm/分钟的条件下测定应力-应变曲线,由其斜率算出弹性模量。The elastic modulus of the polyamideimide films obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples was measured using "AUTOGRAPH AG-IS" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation. A film with a width of 10 mm was produced, and a stress-strain curve was measured under the conditions of a distance between the clips of 50 mm and a tensile speed of 10 mm/min, and the elastic modulus was calculated from the slope.

<全光线透过率的测定><Measurement of total light transmittance>

按照JIS K 7105:1981,利用Suga Test Instruments Co.,Ltd.制的全自动直读雾度计算机HGM-2DP,针对实施例及比较例中得到的光学膜,测定样品的全光线透过率(Tt)。According to JIS K 7105:1981, the total light transmittance ( Tt).

<重均分子量(Mw)的测定><Measurement of weight average molecular weight (Mw)>

凝胶渗透色谱(GPC)测定Gel permeation chromatography (GPC) assay

(1)前处理方法(1) Pretreatment method

向样品中添加DMF洗脱液(10mmol/L溴化锂溶液),使得浓度成为2mg/mL,于80℃一边进行30分钟搅拌一边进行加热,冷却后,用0.45μm膜滤器进行过滤,将所得滤液作为测定溶液。A DMF eluent (10 mmol/L lithium bromide solution) was added to the sample so as to have a concentration of 2 mg/mL, heated at 80° C. with stirring for 30 minutes, and after cooling, filtered through a 0.45 μm membrane filter, and the obtained filtrate was used as Assay solution.

(2)测定条件(2) Measurement conditions

柱:Tosoh Corporation制TSKgelα-2500((7)7.8mm直径×300mm)×1根,α-M((13)7.8mm直径×300mm)×2根Column: TSKgel α-2500 ((7) 7.8 mm diameter × 300 mm) × 1, α-M ((13) 7.8 mm diameter × 300 mm) × 2, manufactured by Tosoh Corporation

洗脱液:DMF(添加有10mmol/L的溴化锂)Eluent: DMF (added with 10 mmol/L lithium bromide)

流量:1.0mL/分钟Flow: 1.0mL/min

检测器:RI检测器Detector: RI detector

柱温:40℃Column temperature: 40℃

进样量:100μLInjection volume: 100μL

分子量标准:标准聚苯乙烯Molecular weight standard: standard polystyrene

<厚度的测定><Measurement of thickness>

实施例及比较例中得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺膜的厚度使用测微计(MitutoyoCorporation制“ID-C112XBS”)测定。The thickness of the polyamide-imide film obtained in the Example and the comparative example was measured using a micrometer ("ID-C112XBS" by Mitutoyo Corporation).

<清漆稳定性试验><Varnish stability test>

调节浓度而使得粘度成为30,000~40,000cP,将聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂和二甲基乙酰胺混合,一边混合一边于70℃进行加热,制作清漆。将制作的清漆10g放入至直径为27mm的玻璃螺纹管内,于25℃在直立的状态下静置3天。然后,将玻璃螺纹管以90°横向放倒,进一步静置1小时。1小时后,将液面成为水平状态的情况判断为溶液状态,将未成为水平的情况判断为凝胶状态。需要说明的是,在表1中记载的结果中,将判断为溶液状态的情况记为〇,将判断为凝胶状态的情况记为×。The concentration was adjusted so that the viscosity was 30,000 to 40,000 cP, the polyamideimide resin and dimethylacetamide were mixed, and the mixture was heated at 70° C. to prepare a varnish. 10 g of the produced varnishes were put into a glass threaded pipe having a diameter of 27 mm, and were allowed to stand at 25° C. for 3 days in an upright state. Then, the glass threaded tube was placed horizontally at 90°, and was further left to stand for 1 hour. After 1 hour, when the liquid level was in a horizontal state, it was determined as a solution state, and when it was not in a horizontal state, it was determined as a gel state. In addition, in the results described in Table 1, the case judged to be in a solution state was denoted by 0, and the case determined to be in a gel state was denoted by x.

<实施例1><Example 1>

[聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(1)的制备][Preparation of polyamideimide resin (1)]

在氮气气氛下,向具备搅拌叶片的可拆式烧瓶中添加2,2’-双(三氟甲基)联苯胺(TFMB)及N,N-二甲基乙酰胺(DMAc),使TFMB的固态成分成为5.39质量%,进而,添加4,4’-(六氟丙叉)二苯胺(6FDAM),使其相对于TFMB而言成为11.11mol%,在室温下一边搅拌一边将TFMB和6FDAM溶解于DMAc中。接下来,向烧瓶中添加3,3’,4,4’-联苯四甲酸二酐(BPDA),使其相对于TFMB而言成为44.67mol%,在室温下进行3小时搅拌。然后,冷却至10℃,然后,添加对苯二甲酰氯(TPC),使其相对于TFMB而言成为60.30mol%,进行30分钟搅拌。然后,添加与最初添加的DMAc等量的DMAc,进行10分钟搅拌,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为6.70mol%,进行2小时搅拌。接下来,向烧瓶中添加分别相对于TFMB而言为60.30mol%的二异丙基乙基胺和4-甲基吡啶、和相对于TFMB而言为313.67mol%的乙酸酐,进行30分钟搅拌,然后,将内温升温至70℃,进而进行3小时搅拌,得到反应液。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (TFMB) and N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc) were added to a separable flask equipped with a stirring blade to make the TFMB The solid content was 5.39% by mass, and 4,4'-(hexafluoropropylidene)diphenylamine (6FDAM) was added to make it 11.11 mol% with respect to TFMB, and TFMB and 6FDAM were dissolved while stirring at room temperature. in DMAc. Next, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA) was added to the flask so as to be 44.67 mol% with respect to TFMB, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Then, after cooling to 10 degreeC, terephthaloyl chloride (TPC) was added so that it might become 60.30 mol% with respect to TFMB, and it stirred for 30 minutes. Then, the same amount of DMAc as the first added DMAc was added and stirred for 10 minutes. Then, TPC was added so as to be 6.70 mol % with respect to TFMB, followed by stirring for 2 hours. Next, 60.30 mol % of diisopropylethylamine and 4-picoline with respect to TFMB, and 313.67 mol % of acetic anhydride with respect to TFMB were added to the flask, respectively, followed by stirring for 30 minutes. Then, the internal temperature was raised to 70° C., and stirring was further performed for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid.

将得到的反应液冷却至室温,以线状投入至大量的甲醇中,将析出的沉淀物取出,在甲醇中浸渍6小时,然后用甲醇洗涤。接下来,于60℃进行沉淀物的减压干燥,得到聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(1)。The obtained reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, put into a large amount of methanol in a linear form, and the deposited precipitate was taken out, immersed in methanol for 6 hours, and washed with methanol. Next, the reduced-pressure drying of the deposit was performed at 60 degreeC, and the polyamideimide resin (1) was obtained.

[聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(1)的制造][Manufacture of polyamideimide film (1)]

向得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(1)中,以浓度成为6.5质量%的方式添加DMAc,制作聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(1),于25℃放置3天。然后,使用涂敷器,将得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(1)以自支撑膜的厚度成为45μm的方式涂布于聚酯基材(东洋纺(株)制,商品名“A4100”)的平滑面上,于50℃进行30分钟干燥,接下来于140℃进行15分钟干燥,得到自支撑膜。将自支撑膜固定于金属框,进而于200℃进行60分钟干燥,得到厚度为40μm的聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(1)。To the obtained polyamideimide resin (1), DMAc was added so that the density|concentration might become 6.5 mass %, the polyamideimide varnish (1) was produced, and it was left to stand at 25 degreeC for 3 days. Then, using an applicator, the obtained polyamideimide varnish (1) was applied to a polyester substrate (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., trade name "A4100") so that the thickness of the self-supporting film would be 45 μm. The smooth surface of the film was dried at 50°C for 30 minutes, followed by drying at 140°C for 15 minutes to obtain a self-supporting film. The self-supporting film was fixed to a metal frame, and was further dried at 200° C. for 60 minutes to obtain a polyamideimide film (1) having a thickness of 40 μm.

<实施例2><Example 2>

[聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(2)的制备][Preparation of polyamideimide resin (2)]

在氮气气氛下,向具备搅拌叶片的可拆式烧瓶中添加TFMB及DMAc,使TFMB的固态成分成为4.81质量%,进而,添加6FDAM,使其相对于TFMB而言成为25.00mol%,在室温下一边搅拌一边将TFMB和6FDAM溶解于DMAc中。接下来,向烧瓶中添加BPDA,使其相对于TFMB而言成为50.25mol%,在室温下进行3小时搅拌。然后,冷却至10℃,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为67.84mol%,进行30分钟搅拌。然后,添加与最初添加的DMAc等量的DMAc,进行10分钟搅拌,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为7.54mol%,进行2小时搅拌。接下来,向烧瓶中添加分别相对于TFMB而言为75.38mol%的二异丙基乙基胺和4-甲基吡啶、和相对于TFMB而言为351.76mol%的乙酸酐,进行30分钟搅拌,然后,将内温升温至70℃,进而进行3小时搅拌,得到反应液。In a nitrogen atmosphere, TFMB and DMAc were added to a separable flask equipped with a stirring blade so that the solid content of TFMB was 4.81% by mass, and 6FDAM was further added so as to be 25.00 mol% relative to TFMB. TFMB and 6FDAM were dissolved in DMAc with stirring. Next, BPDA was added to the flask so as to be 50.25 mol% with respect to TFMB, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Then, after cooling to 10 degreeC, TPC was added so that it might become 67.84 mol% with respect to TFMB, and it stirred for 30 minutes. Then, the same amount of DMAc as the first added DMAc was added and stirred for 10 minutes. Then, TPC was added so as to be 7.54 mol % with respect to TFMB, followed by stirring for 2 hours. Next, 75.38 mol % of diisopropylethylamine and 4-picoline with respect to TFMB, and 351.76 mol % of acetic anhydride with respect to TFMB were added to the flask, respectively, followed by stirring for 30 minutes. Then, the internal temperature was raised to 70° C., and stirring was further performed for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid.

将得到的反应液冷却至室温,以线状投入至大量的甲醇中,将析出的沉淀物取出,在甲醇中浸渍6小时,然后用甲醇洗涤。接下来,于60℃进行沉淀物的减压干燥,得到聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(2)。The obtained reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, put into a large amount of methanol in a linear form, and the deposited precipitate was taken out, immersed in methanol for 6 hours, and washed with methanol. Next, the reduced-pressure drying of the deposit was performed at 60 degreeC, and the polyamideimide resin (2) was obtained.

[聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(2)的制造][Manufacture of polyamideimide film (2)]

向得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(2)中,以浓度成为6.0质量%的方式添加DMAc,制作聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(2),于25℃放置3天。然后,使用涂敷器,将得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(2)以自支撑膜的厚度成为45μm的方式涂布于聚酯基材(东洋纺(株)制,商品名“A4100”)的平滑面上,于50℃进行30分钟干燥,接下来于140℃进行15分钟干燥,得到自支撑膜。将自支撑膜固定于金属框,进而于200℃进行60分钟干燥,得到厚度为40μm的聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(2)。To the obtained polyamideimide resin (2), DMAc was added so that the density|concentration might become 6.0 mass %, the polyamideimide varnish (2) was produced, and it was left to stand at 25 degreeC for 3 days. Then, using an applicator, the obtained polyamide-imide varnish (2) was applied to a polyester substrate (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., trade name "A4100") so that the thickness of the self-supporting film would be 45 μm. The smooth surface of the film was dried at 50°C for 30 minutes, followed by drying at 140°C for 15 minutes to obtain a self-supporting film. The self-supporting film was fixed to the metal frame, and was further dried at 200° C. for 60 minutes to obtain a polyamideimide film (2) having a thickness of 40 μm.

<实施例3><Example 3>

[聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(3)的制备][Preparation of polyamideimide resin (3)]

在氮气气氛下,向具备搅拌叶片的可拆式烧瓶中添加TFMB及DMAc,使TFMB的固态成分成为5.44质量%,进而添加6FDAM,使其相对于TFMB而言成为11.11mol%,在室温下一边搅拌一边将TFMB和6FDAM溶解于DMAc中。接下来,向烧瓶中添加BPDA,使其相对于TFMB而言成为34.01mol%,在室温下进行3小时搅拌。然后,冷却至10℃,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为71.43mol%,进行30分钟搅拌。然后,添加与最初添加的DMAc等量的DMAc,进行10分钟搅拌,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为7.94mol%,进行2小时搅拌。接下来,向烧瓶中添加分别相对于TFMB而言为79.37mol%的二异丙基乙基胺和4-甲基吡啶、和相对于TFMB而言为238.10mol%的乙酸酐,进行30分钟搅拌,然后,将内温升温至70℃,进而进行3小时搅拌,得到反应液。In a nitrogen atmosphere, TFMB and DMAc were added to a separable flask equipped with a stirring blade so that the solid content of TFMB was 5.44 mass %, and 6FDAM was further added so as to be 11.11 mol % with respect to TFMB, at room temperature. TFMB and 6FDAM were dissolved in DMAc with stirring. Next, BPDA was added to the flask so as to be 34.01 mol % with respect to TFMB, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Then, after cooling to 10 degreeC, TPC was added so that it might become 71.43 mol% with respect to TFMB, and it stirred for 30 minutes. Then, the same amount of DMAc as the first added DMAc was added, followed by stirring for 10 minutes. Then, TPC was added so as to be 7.94 mol % relative to TFMB, and stirring was performed for 2 hours. Next, 79.37 mol % of diisopropylethylamine and 4-picoline with respect to TFMB, and 238.10 mol % of acetic anhydride with respect to TFMB were added to the flask, respectively, followed by stirring for 30 minutes. Then, the internal temperature was raised to 70° C., and stirring was further performed for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid.

将得到的反应液冷却至室温,以线状投入至大量的甲醇中,将析出的沉淀物取出,在甲醇中浸渍6小时,然后用甲醇洗涤。接下来,于60℃进行沉淀物的减压干燥,得到聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(3)。The obtained reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, put into a large amount of methanol in a linear form, and the deposited precipitate was taken out, immersed in methanol for 6 hours, and washed with methanol. Next, the reduced-pressure drying of the deposit was performed at 60 degreeC, and the polyamideimide resin (3) was obtained.

[聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(3)的制造][Manufacture of polyamideimide film (3)]

向得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(3)中,以浓度成为8.0质量%的方式添加DMAc,制作聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(3),于25℃放置3天。然后,使用涂敷器,将得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(3)以自支撑膜的厚度成为55μm的方式涂布于聚酯基材(东洋纺(株)制,商品名“A4100”)的平滑面上,于50℃进行30分钟干燥,接下来于140℃进行15分钟干燥,得到自支撑膜。将自支撑膜固定于金属框,进而于200℃进行60分钟干燥,得到厚度为50μm的聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(3)。To the obtained polyamideimide resin (3), DMAc was added so that the density|concentration might become 8.0 mass %, the polyamideimide varnish (3) was produced, and it was left to stand at 25 degreeC for 3 days. Then, using an applicator, the obtained polyamideimide varnish (3) was applied to a polyester substrate (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., trade name "A4100") so that the thickness of the self-supporting film would be 55 μm. The smooth surface of the film was dried at 50°C for 30 minutes, followed by drying at 140°C for 15 minutes to obtain a self-supporting film. The self-supporting film was fixed to the metal frame, and was further dried at 200° C. for 60 minutes to obtain a polyamideimide film (3) having a thickness of 50 μm.

<实施例4><Example 4>

[聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(4)的制备][Preparation of polyamideimide resin (4)]

在氮气气氛下,向具备搅拌叶片的可拆式烧瓶中添加TFMB及DMAc,使TFMB的固态成分成为5.39质量%,进而添加6FDAM,使其相对于TFMB而言成为11.11mol%,在室温下一边搅拌一边将TFMB和6FDAM溶解于DMAc中。接下来,向烧瓶中添加BPDA,使其相对于TFMB而言成为33.50mol%,在室温下进行3小时搅拌。然后,冷却至10℃,然后,添加4,4’氧基双(苯甲酰氯)(OBBC),使其相对于TFMB而言成为11.17mol%,并添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为60.30mol%,进行30分钟搅拌。然后,添加与最初添加的DMAc等量的DMAc,进行10分钟搅拌,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为6.70mol%,进行2小时搅拌。接下来,向烧瓶中添加分别相对于TFMB而言为78.17mol%的二异丙基乙基胺和4-甲基吡啶、和相对于TFMB而言为234.51mol%的乙酸酐,进行30分钟搅拌,然后,将内温升温至70℃,进而进行3小时搅拌,得到反应液。In a nitrogen atmosphere, TFMB and DMAc were added to a separable flask equipped with a stirring blade so that the solid content of TFMB was 5.39 mass %, and 6FDAM was further added to make it 11.11 mol % with respect to TFMB, at room temperature. TFMB and 6FDAM were dissolved in DMAc with stirring. Next, BPDA was added to the flask so as to be 33.50 mol % with respect to TFMB, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Then, after cooling to 10° C., 4,4′ oxybis(benzoyl chloride) (OBBC) was added to make it 11.17 mol % with respect to TFMB, and TPC was added so as to make it become 11.17 mol % with respect to TFMB 60.30 mol%, stirring for 30 minutes. Then, the same amount of DMAc as the first added DMAc was added and stirred for 10 minutes. Then, TPC was added so as to be 6.70 mol % with respect to TFMB, followed by stirring for 2 hours. Next, 78.17 mol % of diisopropylethylamine and 4-picoline with respect to TFMB, and 234.51 mol % of acetic anhydride with respect to TFMB were added to the flask, respectively, followed by stirring for 30 minutes. Then, the internal temperature was raised to 70° C., and stirring was further performed for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid.

将得到的反应液冷却至室温,以线状投入至大量的甲醇中,将析出的沉淀物取出,在甲醇中浸渍6小时,然后用甲醇洗涤。接下来,于60℃进行沉淀物的减压干燥,得到聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(4)。The obtained reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, put into a large amount of methanol in a linear form, and the deposited precipitate was taken out, immersed in methanol for 6 hours, and washed with methanol. Next, the reduced-pressure drying of the deposit was performed at 60 degreeC, and the polyamideimide resin (4) was obtained.

[聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(4)的制造][Manufacture of polyamideimide film (4)]

向得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(4)中,以浓度成为6.5质量%的方式添加DMAc,制作聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(4),于25℃放置3天。然后,使用涂敷器,将得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(4)以自支撑膜的厚度成为42μm的方式涂布于聚酯基材(东洋纺(株)制,商品名“A4100”)的平滑面上,于50℃进行30分钟干燥,接下来于140℃进行15分钟干燥,得到自支撑膜。将自支撑膜固定于金属框,进而于200℃进行60分钟干燥,得到厚度为38μm的聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(4)。To the obtained polyamideimide resin (4), DMAc was added so that the density|concentration might become 6.5 mass %, the polyamideimide varnish (4) was produced, and it was left to stand at 25 degreeC for 3 days. Then, using an applicator, the obtained polyamide-imide varnish (4) was applied to a polyester substrate (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., trade name "A4100") so that the thickness of the self-supporting film would be 42 μm. The smooth surface of the film was dried at 50°C for 30 minutes, followed by drying at 140°C for 15 minutes to obtain a self-supporting film. The self-supporting film was fixed to the metal frame, and was further dried at 200° C. for 60 minutes to obtain a polyamideimide film (4) having a thickness of 38 μm.

<比较例1><Comparative Example 1>

[聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(5)的制备][Preparation of polyamideimide resin (5)]

在氮气气氛下,向具备搅拌叶片的可拆式烧瓶中添加TFMB及DMAc,使TFMB的固态成分成为5.36质量%,进而添加6FDAM,使其相对于TFMB而言成为11.11mol%,在室温下一边搅拌一边将TFMB和6FDAM溶解于DMAc中。接下来,向烧瓶中添加BPDA,使其相对于TFMB而言成为43.35mol%,在室温下进行3小时搅拌。然后,冷却至10℃,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为61.23mol%,进行30分钟搅拌。然后,添加与最初添加的DMAc等量的DMAc,进行10分钟搅拌,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为6.80mol%,进行2小时搅拌。接下来,向烧瓶中添加分别相对于TFMB而言为68.03mol%的二异丙基乙基胺和4-甲基吡啶、和相对于TFMB而言为317.46mol%的乙酸酐,进行30分钟搅拌,然后,将内温升温至70℃,进而进行3小时搅拌,得到反应液。In a nitrogen atmosphere, TFMB and DMAc were added to a separable flask equipped with a stirring blade so that the solid content of TFMB was 5.36 mass %, and 6FDAM was further added to make it 11.11 mol % with respect to TFMB, at room temperature. TFMB and 6FDAM were dissolved in DMAc with stirring. Next, BPDA was added to the flask so as to be 43.35 mol % with respect to TFMB, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Then, after cooling to 10 degreeC, TPC was added so that it might become 61.23 mol% with respect to TFMB, and it stirred for 30 minutes. Then, the same amount of DMAc as the first added DMAc was added and stirred for 10 minutes. Then, TPC was added so as to be 6.80 mol % with respect to TFMB, followed by stirring for 2 hours. Next, 68.03 mol % of diisopropylethylamine and 4-picoline with respect to TFMB, and 317.46 mol % of acetic anhydride with respect to TFMB were added to the flask, respectively, followed by stirring for 30 minutes. Then, the internal temperature was raised to 70° C., and stirring was further performed for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid.

将得到的反应液冷却至室温,以线状投入至大量的甲醇中,将析出的沉淀物取出,在甲醇中浸渍6小时,然后用甲醇洗涤。接下来,于60℃进行沉淀物的减压干燥,得到聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(5)。The obtained reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, put into a large amount of methanol in a linear form, and the deposited precipitate was taken out, immersed in methanol for 6 hours, and washed with methanol. Next, the reduced-pressure drying of the deposit was performed at 60 degreeC, and the polyamide-imide resin (5) was obtained.

[聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(5)的制造][Manufacture of polyamideimide film (5)]

向得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(5)中,以浓度成为9.0质量%的方式添加DMAc,制作聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(5),于25℃放置3天。3天后进行稳定性确认时,已成为凝胶状态,已丧失流动性,因而未能进行涂布,未能得到膜。To the obtained polyamideimide resin (5), DMAc was added so that the density|concentration might become 9.0 mass %, the polyamideimide varnish (5) was produced, and it was left to stand at 25 degreeC for 3 days. When the stability was confirmed 3 days later, it was in a gel state and fluidity was lost, so that the coating could not be performed and a film could not be obtained.

<比较例2><Comparative Example 2>

[聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(6)的制备][Preparation of polyamideimide resin (6)]

在氮气气氛下,向具备搅拌叶片的可拆式烧瓶中添加TFMB及DMAc,使TFMB的固态成分成为5.31质量%,进而添加6FDAM,使其相对于TFMB而言成为11.11mol%,在室温下一边搅拌一边将TFMB和6FDAM溶解于DMAc中。接下来,向烧瓶中添加BPDA,使其相对于TFMB而言成为46.30mol%,在室温下进行3小时搅拌。然后,冷却至10℃,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为62.50mol%,进行30分钟搅拌。然后,添加与最初添加的DMAc等量的DMAc,进行10分钟搅拌,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为6.94mol%,进行2小时搅拌。接下来,向烧瓶中添加分别相对于TFMB而言为69.44mol%的二异丙基乙基胺和4-甲基吡啶、和相对于TFMB而言为324.07mol%的乙酸酐,进行30分钟搅拌,然后,将内温升温至70℃,进而进行3小时搅拌,得到反应液。In a nitrogen atmosphere, TFMB and DMAc were added to a separable flask equipped with a stirring blade so that the solid content of TFMB was 5.31% by mass, and 6FDAM was further added to make it 11.11 mol% with respect to TFMB, at room temperature. TFMB and 6FDAM were dissolved in DMAc with stirring. Next, BPDA was added to the flask so as to be 46.30 mol % with respect to TFMB, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Then, after cooling to 10 degreeC, TPC was added so that it might become 62.50 mol% with respect to TFMB, and it stirred for 30 minutes. Then, the same amount of DMAc as the first added DMAc was added and stirred for 10 minutes. Then, TPC was added so as to be 6.94 mol % with respect to TFMB, followed by stirring for 2 hours. Next, 69.44 mol % of diisopropylethylamine and 4-picoline with respect to TFMB, and 324.07 mol % of acetic anhydride with respect to TFMB were added to the flask, respectively, followed by stirring for 30 minutes. Then, the internal temperature was raised to 70° C., and stirring was further performed for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid.

将得到的反应液冷却至室温,以线状投入至大量的甲醇中,将析出的沉淀物取出,在甲醇中浸渍6小时,然后用甲醇洗涤。接下来,于60℃进行沉淀物的减压干燥,得到聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(6)。The obtained reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, put into a large amount of methanol in a linear form, and the deposited precipitate was taken out, immersed in methanol for 6 hours, and washed with methanol. Next, the reduced-pressure drying of the deposit was performed at 60 degreeC, and the polyamideimide resin (6) was obtained.

[聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(6)的制造][Manufacture of polyamideimide film (6)]

向得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(6)中,以浓度成为8.0质量%的方式添加DMAc,制作聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(6),于25℃放置3天。3天后进行稳定性确认时,已成为凝胶状态,已丧失流动性,因而未能进行涂布,未能得到膜。To the obtained polyamideimide resin (6), DMAc was added so that the density|concentration might become 8.0 mass %, the polyamideimide varnish (6) was produced, and it was left to stand at 25 degreeC for 3 days. When the stability was confirmed 3 days later, it was in a gel state and fluidity was lost, so that the coating could not be performed and a film could not be obtained.

<比较例3><Comparative Example 3>

[聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(7)的制备][Preparation of polyamideimide resin (7)]

在氮气气氛下,向具备搅拌叶片的可拆式烧瓶中添加TFMB及DMAc,使TFMB的固态成分成为4.89质量%,进而添加6FDAM,使其相对于TFMB而言成为11.11mol%,在室温下一边搅拌一边将TFMB和6FDAM溶解于DMAc中。接下来,添加6FDA,使其相对于TFMB而言成为44.67mol%,在室温下进行3小时搅拌。然后,冷却至10℃,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为60.30mol%,进行30分钟搅拌。然后,添加与最初添加的DMAc等量的DMAc,进行10分钟搅拌,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为6.70mol%,进行2小时搅拌。接下来,向烧瓶中添加分别相对于TFMB而言为67.00mol%的二异丙基乙基胺和4-甲基吡啶、和相对于TFMB而言为312.67mol%的乙酸酐,进行30分钟搅拌,然后,将内温升温至70℃,进而进行3小时搅拌,得到反应液。In a nitrogen atmosphere, TFMB and DMAc were added to a separable flask equipped with a stirring blade so that the solid content of TFMB was 4.89% by mass, and 6FDAM was further added so as to be 11.11 mol% with respect to TFMB, at room temperature. TFMB and 6FDAM were dissolved in DMAc with stirring. Next, 6FDA was added so that it might become 44.67 mol% with respect to TFMB, and it stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Then, after cooling to 10 degreeC, TPC was added so that it might become 60.30 mol% with respect to TFMB, and it stirred for 30 minutes. Then, the same amount of DMAc as the first added DMAc was added and stirred for 10 minutes. Then, TPC was added so as to be 6.70 mol % with respect to TFMB, followed by stirring for 2 hours. Next, 67.00 mol % of diisopropylethylamine and 4-picoline with respect to TFMB, and 312.67 mol % of acetic anhydride with respect to TFMB were added to the flask, respectively, followed by stirring for 30 minutes. Then, the internal temperature was raised to 70° C., and stirring was further performed for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid.

将得到的反应液冷却至室温,以线状投入至大量的甲醇中,将析出的沉淀物取出,在甲醇中浸渍6小时,然后用甲醇洗涤。接下来,于60℃进行沉淀物的减压干燥,得到聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(7)。The obtained reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, put into a large amount of methanol in a linear form, and the deposited precipitate was taken out, immersed in methanol for 6 hours, and washed with methanol. Next, the reduced-pressure drying of the deposit was performed at 60 degreeC, and the polyamideimide resin (7) was obtained.

[聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(7)的制造][Manufacture of polyamideimide film (7)]

向得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(7)中,以浓度成为8.0质量%的方式添加DMAc,制作聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(7),于25℃放置3天。然后,使用涂敷器,将得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(7)以自支撑膜的厚度成为55μm的方式涂布于聚酯基材(东洋纺(株)制,商品名“A4100”)的平滑面上,于50℃进行30分钟干燥,接下来于140℃进行15分钟干燥,得到自支撑膜。将自支撑膜固定于金属框,进而于200℃进行60分钟干燥,得到厚度为50μm的聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(7)。To the obtained polyamideimide resin (7), DMAc was added so that the density|concentration might become 8.0 mass %, the polyamideimide varnish (7) was produced, and it was left to stand at 25 degreeC for 3 days. Then, using an applicator, the obtained polyamideimide varnish (7) was applied to a polyester substrate (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., trade name "A4100") so that the thickness of the self-supporting film would be 55 μm. The smooth surface of the film was dried at 50°C for 30 minutes, followed by drying at 140°C for 15 minutes to obtain a self-supporting film. The self-supporting film was fixed to the metal frame, and was further dried at 200° C. for 60 minutes to obtain a polyamideimide film (7) having a thickness of 50 μm.

<实施例5><Example 5>

[聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(8)的制备][Preparation of polyamideimide resin (8)]

在氮气气氛下,向具备搅拌叶片的可拆式烧瓶中添加TFMB及DMAc,使TFMB的固态成分成为4.65质量%,进而添加6FDAM,使其相对于TFMB而言成为25.00mol%,在室温下一边搅拌一边将TFMB和6FDAM溶解于DMAc中。接下来,向烧瓶中添加BPDA,使其相对于TFMB而言成为75.76mol%,在室温下进行3小时搅拌。然后,冷却至10℃,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为45.46mol%,进行30分钟搅拌。然后,添加与最初添加的DMAc等量的DMAc,进行10分钟搅拌,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为5.05mol%,进行2小时搅拌。接下来,向烧瓶中添加分别相对于TFMB而言为50.51mol%的二异丙基乙基胺和4-甲基吡啶、和相对于TFMB而言为530.30mol%的乙酸酐,进行30分钟搅拌,然后,将内温升温至70℃,进而进行3小时搅拌,得到反应液。In a nitrogen atmosphere, TFMB and DMAc were added to a separable flask equipped with a stirring blade so that the solid content of TFMB was 4.65 mass %, and 6FDAM was further added to make it 25.00 mol % with respect to TFMB, at room temperature. TFMB and 6FDAM were dissolved in DMAc with stirring. Next, BPDA was added to the flask so as to be 75.76 mol % with respect to TFMB, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Then, after cooling to 10 degreeC, TPC was added so that it might become 45.46 mol% with respect to TFMB, and it stirred for 30 minutes. Then, the same amount of DMAc as the first added DMAc was added and stirred for 10 minutes. Then, TPC was added so as to be 5.05 mol % with respect to TFMB, followed by stirring for 2 hours. Next, 50.51 mol % of diisopropylethylamine and 4-picoline with respect to TFMB, and 530.30 mol % of acetic anhydride with respect to TFMB were added to the flask, respectively, followed by stirring for 30 minutes. Then, the internal temperature was raised to 70° C., and stirring was further performed for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid.

将得到的反应液冷却至室温,以线状投入至大量的甲醇中,将析出的沉淀物取出,在甲醇中浸渍6小时,然后用甲醇洗涤。接下来,于60℃进行沉淀物的减压干燥,得到聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(8)。The obtained reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, put into a large amount of methanol in a linear form, and the deposited precipitate was taken out, immersed in methanol for 6 hours, and washed with methanol. Next, the reduced-pressure drying of the deposit was performed at 60 degreeC, and the polyamideimide resin (8) was obtained.

[聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(8)的制造][Manufacture of polyamideimide film (8)]

向得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(8)中,以浓度成为6.5质量%的方式添加DMAc,制作聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(8),于25℃放置3天。然后,使用涂敷器,将得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(8)以自支撑膜的厚度成为55μm的方式涂布于聚酯基材(东洋纺(株)制,商品名“A4100”)的平滑面上,于50℃进行30分钟干燥,接下来于140℃进行15分钟干燥,得到自支撑膜。将自支撑膜固定于金属框,进而于200℃进行60分钟干燥,得到厚度为50μm的聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(8)。To the obtained polyamideimide resin (8), DMAc was added so that the density|concentration might become 6.5 mass %, the polyamideimide varnish (8) was produced, and it was left to stand at 25 degreeC for 3 days. Then, using an applicator, the obtained polyamideimide varnish (8) was applied to a polyester substrate (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., trade name "A4100") so that the thickness of the self-supporting film would be 55 μm. The smooth surface of the film was dried at 50°C for 30 minutes, followed by drying at 140°C for 15 minutes to obtain a self-supporting film. The self-supporting film was fixed to the metal frame, and was further dried at 200° C. for 60 minutes to obtain a polyamideimide film (8) having a thickness of 50 μm.

<实施例6><Example 6>

[聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(9)的制备][Preparation of polyamideimide resin (9)]

在氮气气氛下,向具备搅拌叶片的可拆式烧瓶中添加TFMB及DMAc,使TFMB的固态成分成为5.35质量%,进而添加6FDAM,使其相对于TFMB而言成为11.11mol%,在室温下一边搅拌一边将TFMB和6FDAM溶解于DMAc中。接下来,向烧瓶中添加BPDA,使其相对于TFMB而言成为34.01mol%,在室温下进行3小时搅拌。然后,冷却至10℃,然后,添加OBBC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为11.34mol%,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为61.23mol%,进行30分钟搅拌。然后,添加与最初添加的DMAc等量的DMAc,进行10分钟搅拌,然后,添加TPC,使其相对于TFMB而言成为6.80mol%,进行2小时搅拌。接下来,向烧瓶中添加分别相对于TFMB而言为79.37mol%的二异丙基乙基胺和4-甲基吡啶、和相对于TFMB而言为238.10mol%的乙酸酐,进行30分钟搅拌,然后,将内温升温至70℃,进而进行3小时搅拌,得到反应液。In a nitrogen atmosphere, TFMB and DMAc were added to a separable flask equipped with a stirring blade so that the solid content of TFMB was 5.35 mass %, and 6FDAM was further added to make it 11.11 mol % with respect to TFMB, at room temperature. TFMB and 6FDAM were dissolved in DMAc with stirring. Next, BPDA was added to the flask so as to be 34.01 mol % with respect to TFMB, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Then, after cooling to 10 degreeC, OBBC was added so that it might become 11.34 mol% with respect to TFMB, TPC was added so that it might become 61.23 mol% with respect to TFMB, and it stirred for 30 minutes. Then, the same amount of DMAc as the first added DMAc was added and stirred for 10 minutes. Then, TPC was added so as to be 6.80 mol % with respect to TFMB, followed by stirring for 2 hours. Next, 79.37 mol % of diisopropylethylamine and 4-picoline with respect to TFMB, and 238.10 mol % of acetic anhydride with respect to TFMB were added to the flask, respectively, followed by stirring for 30 minutes. Then, the internal temperature was raised to 70° C., and stirring was further performed for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid.

将得到的反应液冷却至室温,以线状投入至大量的甲醇中,将析出的沉淀物取出,在甲醇中浸渍6小时,然后用甲醇洗涤。接下来,于60℃进行沉淀物的减压干燥,得到聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(9)。The obtained reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, put into a large amount of methanol in a linear form, and the deposited precipitate was taken out, immersed in methanol for 6 hours, and washed with methanol. Next, the reduced-pressure drying of the deposit was performed at 60 degreeC, and the polyamideimide resin (9) was obtained.

[聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(9)的制造][Manufacture of polyamideimide film (9)]

向得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂(9)中,以浓度成为9.0质量%的方式添加DMAc,制作聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(9),于25℃放置3天。然后,使用涂敷器,将得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺清漆(9)以自支撑膜的厚度成为55μm的方式涂布于聚酯基材(东洋纺(株)制,商品名“A4100”)的平滑面上,于50℃进行30分钟干燥,接下来于140℃进行15分钟干燥,得到自支撑膜。将自支撑膜固定于金属框,进而于200℃进行60分钟干燥,得到厚度为50μm的聚酰胺酰亚胺膜(9)。To the obtained polyamideimide resin (9), DMAc was added so that the density|concentration might become 9.0 mass %, the polyamideimide varnish (9) was produced, and it was left to stand at 25 degreeC for 3 days. Then, using an applicator, the obtained polyamideimide varnish (9) was applied to a polyester substrate (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., trade name "A4100") so that the thickness of the self-supporting film would be 55 μm. The smooth surface of the film was dried at 50°C for 30 minutes, followed by drying at 140°C for 15 minutes to obtain a self-supporting film. The self-supporting film was fixed to the metal frame, and was further dried at 200° C. for 60 minutes to obtain a polyamideimide film (9) having a thickness of 50 μm.

按照上述的方法,测定实施例及比较例中得到的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂的重均分子量、聚酰胺酰亚胺系树脂膜(1)~(4)及(8)~(9)的弹性模量、全光线透过率及清漆稳定性。将得到的结果示于表1。The weight average molecular weights of the polyamideimide resins obtained in the Examples and Comparative Examples and the elasticity of the polyamideimide-based resin films (1) to (4) and (8) to (9) were measured in accordance with the above-mentioned methods. Modulus, total light transmittance and varnish stability. The obtained results are shown in Table 1.

[表1][Table 1]

Figure BDA0002333991740000771
Figure BDA0002333991740000771

如表1所示那样,包含实施例1~6的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂的膜是在维持高全光线透过率的同时还具有高弹性模量的膜。另外,清漆的稳定性也良好。与此相对,对于包含树脂的重均分子量低的比较例1及2的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂的膜而言,清漆的稳定性差,未能进行制膜。另外,包含不含式(a)中的Y由式(1)表示的结构单元(a1)的比较例3的聚酰胺酰亚胺树脂的膜不具有充分的弹性模量。As shown in Table 1, the films containing the polyamideimide resins of Examples 1 to 6 were films having a high elastic modulus while maintaining a high total light transmittance. In addition, the stability of the varnish is also good. On the other hand, the film containing the polyamide-imide resin of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 having a low weight average molecular weight of the resin had poor stability of the varnish and could not be formed into a film. In addition, the film containing the polyamideimide resin of Comparative Example 3 which does not contain the structural unit (a1) in which Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1) does not have a sufficient elastic modulus.

Claims (12)

1. A polyamideimide resin comprising at least a structural unit represented by the formula (a) derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound, a structural unit represented by the formula (b) derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, and a structural unit represented by the formula (c) derived from a diamine compound, wherein,
comprising a structural unit (a1) wherein Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (1) as the structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound,
the polyamide-imide resin has a weight average molecular weight of 330,000 or more in terms of polystyrene,
Figure FDA0002333991730000011
in the formula (a), Y represents a tetravalent organic group,
in the formula (b), Z represents a divalent organic group,
in the formula (c), X represents a divalent organic group,
Rcindependently of one another, represents a hydrogen atom or a chemical bond,
Figure FDA0002333991730000012
in the formula (1), RaIndependently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms,
Rathe hydrogen atoms contained in (a) may be substituted independently of each other by halogen atoms,
n represents an integer of 0 to 2,
denotes a bond.
2. The polyamideimide-based resin according to claim 1, wherein the structural unit (b1) represented by the formula (2) is contained as a structural unit derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, and,
comprising the structural unit (c1) represented by the formula (3) as a structural unit derived from a diamine compound,
Figure FDA0002333991730000021
in the formula (2), Z1Represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent,
the symbol represents a chemical bond,
Figure FDA0002333991730000022
in the formula (3), X1Represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent,
Rcindependently of one another, represent a hydrogen atom or a chemical bond,
denotes a bond.
3. The polyamideimide-based resin according to claim 2, wherein X in the formula (3)1Is represented by the formula (4),
Figure FDA0002333991730000023
in the formula (4), RbIndependently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms,
Rbthe hydrogen atoms contained in (a) may be substituted independently of each other by halogen atoms,
r independently represents an integer of 1 to 4,
denotes a bond.
4. The polyamideimide-based resin according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein a structural unit (b2) wherein Z in the formula (b) is represented by the formula (5) is contained as a structural unit derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound, and/or,
comprising a structural unit (c2) wherein X in the formula (c) is represented by the formula (5) as a structural unit derived from a diamine compound, and/or,
further comprising a structural unit (a2) wherein Y in the formula (a) is represented by the formula (6) as a structural unit derived from a tetracarboxylic acid compound,
Figure FDA0002333991730000031
in the formula (5), Ar1Independently of each other, a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent,
v represents-O-, diphenylmethylene, straight-chain, branched or alicyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, -SO2-, -S-, -CO-or-N (R)12) -, where the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted independently of each other by halogen atoms, R12Represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom,
m represents an integer of 1 to 3, wherein when m is 2 or 3, a plurality of V may be the same or different,
the symbol represents a chemical bond,
Figure FDA0002333991730000032
in the formula (6), Ar2Independently of each other, a trivalent aromatic group which may have a substituent,
s represents an integer of 0 to 2,
Ar1v and Ar as for formula (5)1V and are as defined above, wherein when s is 2, there are a plurality of V and Ar1Each of which may be the same or different from each other.
5. The polyamideimide-based resin according to claim 4, wherein the formula (5) and the formula (6) are represented by the formula (7),
Figure FDA0002333991730000033
in the formula (7), R1Independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms,An alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms,
R1the hydrogen atoms contained in (a) may be substituted independently of each other by halogen atoms,
R*represents R1Or a chemical bond to the substrate,
the symbol represents a chemical bond,
v represents-O-, diphenylmethylene, straight-chain, branched or alicyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, -SO2-, -S-, -CO-or-N (R)12) Here, the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with halogen atoms independently of each other,
R12represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom.
6. The polyamideimide-based resin according to claim 5, wherein the formula (7) is represented by formula (7 ') or formula (7'),
Figure FDA0002333991730000041
in the formula (7'), R*Represents a hydrogen atom or a chemical bond, represents a chemical bond,
Figure FDA0002333991730000042
in formula (7 ″), denotes a bond.
7. The polyamideimide-based resin according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the formula (1) is represented by the formula (1'),
Figure FDA0002333991730000043
denotes a bond.
8. A polyamide imide resin varnish comprising the polyamide imide resin according to any one of claims 1 to 7 and a solvent.
9. An optical film comprising the polyamideimide-based resin according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
10. A flexible display device provided with the optical film according to claim 9.
11. The flexible display device of claim 10, further provided with a touch sensor.
12. The flexible display device according to claim 10 or 11, further comprising a polarizing plate.
CN201911348270.0A 2018-12-28 2019-12-24 Polyamide-imide resin, polyamide-imide resin varnish, optical film, and flexible display device Pending CN111378129A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-248565 2018-12-28
JP2018248565 2018-12-28
JP2019-019127 2019-02-05
JP2019019127 2019-02-05
JP2019213442A JP2021084941A (en) 2019-11-26 2019-11-26 Optical film and flexible display device
JP2019-213442 2019-11-26
JP2019218259A JP2020109154A (en) 2018-12-28 2019-12-02 Polyamideimide resin, optical film, and flexible display device
JP2019-218259 2019-12-02
JP2019-218184 2019-12-02
JP2019218184A JP2020125454A (en) 2019-02-05 2019-12-02 Polyamide-imide resin, polyamide-imide resin varnish, optical film and flexible display device
JP2019-218189 2019-12-02
JP2019218189A JP7365211B2 (en) 2019-12-02 2019-12-02 optical film

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN111378129A true CN111378129A (en) 2020-07-07

Family

ID=71125937

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201911348270.0A Pending CN111378129A (en) 2018-12-28 2019-12-24 Polyamide-imide resin, polyamide-imide resin varnish, optical film, and flexible display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111378129A (en)
WO (2) WO2020138045A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20240123400A (en) * 2022-01-05 2024-08-13 가부시키가이샤 가네카 Resin compositions, molded articles and films

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004143051A (en) * 2002-10-22 2004-05-20 Chisso Corp Diamine, alignment film using the same, and liquid crystal display device having the alignment film
WO2017204462A1 (en) * 2016-05-24 2017-11-30 주식회사 엘지화학 Polyamide-imide, method for preparing same, and polyamide-imide film using same
WO2017209414A1 (en) * 2016-06-01 2017-12-07 주식회사 엘지화학 High-strength transparent polyamidimide and method for preparing same
WO2017209413A1 (en) * 2016-06-01 2017-12-07 주식회사 엘지화학 High-strength transparent polyamidimide and method for preparing same
CN107760027A (en) * 2016-08-11 2018-03-06 Sk新技术株式会社 Polyamic acid resin and polyamidoimide film
WO2018135431A1 (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 住友化学株式会社 Polyamide-imide resin and optical member containing polyamide-imide resin
WO2018135432A1 (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 住友化学株式会社 Film, resin composition, and production method for polyamide-imide resin
JP2018172669A (en) * 2017-03-30 2018-11-08 Jxtgエネルギー株式会社 Polyamideimide, resin solution, and film

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20180009651A (en) * 2016-07-19 2018-01-29 코오롱인더스트리 주식회사 Polyamic acid, Polyimide Resin, Polyimide Film and Display Device Comprising Thereof
CN110199210B (en) * 2017-01-20 2022-05-17 住友化学株式会社 Optical film and method for producing optical film
KR102445941B1 (en) * 2017-08-09 2022-09-21 삼성전자주식회사 Poly(amide-imide) copolymer, composition for preparing poly(amide-imide) copolymer, article including poly(amide-imide) copolymer, and display device including the article

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004143051A (en) * 2002-10-22 2004-05-20 Chisso Corp Diamine, alignment film using the same, and liquid crystal display device having the alignment film
WO2017204462A1 (en) * 2016-05-24 2017-11-30 주식회사 엘지화학 Polyamide-imide, method for preparing same, and polyamide-imide film using same
WO2017209414A1 (en) * 2016-06-01 2017-12-07 주식회사 엘지화학 High-strength transparent polyamidimide and method for preparing same
WO2017209413A1 (en) * 2016-06-01 2017-12-07 주식회사 엘지화학 High-strength transparent polyamidimide and method for preparing same
CN107760027A (en) * 2016-08-11 2018-03-06 Sk新技术株式会社 Polyamic acid resin and polyamidoimide film
WO2018135431A1 (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 住友化学株式会社 Polyamide-imide resin and optical member containing polyamide-imide resin
WO2018135432A1 (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 住友化学株式会社 Film, resin composition, and production method for polyamide-imide resin
JP2018172669A (en) * 2017-03-30 2018-11-08 Jxtgエネルギー株式会社 Polyamideimide, resin solution, and film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2020138045A1 (en) 2020-07-02
WO2020138043A1 (en) 2020-07-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110412665A (en) optical film
CN111161634B (en) Optical film
TW202003256A (en) Optical film having excellent impact resistance
CN111378129A (en) Polyamide-imide resin, polyamide-imide resin varnish, optical film, and flexible display device
CN113227211A (en) Polyamide resin, optical film, and flexible display device
CN115197458A (en) Optical laminate and flexible display device
TW202030231A (en) Polyamide-imide-based resin, optical film and flexible display device
KR20200083272A (en) Polyamideimide-based resin, polyamideimide-based resin varnish, optical film and flexible display device
JP2020125454A (en) Polyamide-imide resin, polyamide-imide resin varnish, optical film and flexible display device
JP2020109155A (en) Optical film, flexible display device and polyamide-imide resin
CN110408061A (en) Optical film
TW202033616A (en) Method for producing polyimide resin
CN111378130A (en) Optical film
JP7623817B2 (en) Optical film and flexible display device
JP6611895B2 (en) Optical film
JP2022163714A (en) Optical laminate and flexible display device
WO2020138044A1 (en) Polyamide-based resin, optical film, and flexible display device
CN113227222A (en) Optical film, flexible display device, and polyamide-imide resin
CN116731513A (en) Optical film, laminated body, and manufacturing method thereof
CN115206186A (en) Optical film
CN114599739A (en) Optical films and flexible display devices
JP2020109157A (en) Polyamide resin, optical film and flexible display device
JP2020109154A (en) Polyamideimide resin, optical film, and flexible display device
WO2020138042A1 (en) Optical film, flexible display device and polyamide-imide resin
WO2021085283A1 (en) Polyamideimide resin

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
WD01 Invention patent application deemed withdrawn after publication

Application publication date: 20200707

WD01 Invention patent application deemed withdrawn after publication